2 Peter 1 — Open Scroll

← Previous: 1 Peter 5 Next: 2 Peter 2 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

2 Peter 1

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 19 matching words in 15 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 6 verses 6 matching words in 5 verses 50 matching words in 19 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 17 matching words in 10 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 9 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 7 matching words in 7 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 1

1 2 3

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

← Back to Deuteronomy 34:5

← Back to Psalms 36:1

← Back to Psalms 98:2

← Back to Psalms 103:17

← Back to Isaiah 45:22

← Back to Isaiah 45:24

← Back to Isaiah 54:17

← Back to Jeremiah 33:16

← Back to Daniel 9:24

← Back to Matthew 6:33

← Back to Matthew 10:2

← Back to Romans 1:12

← Back to Romans 3:21

← Back to Romans 4:6

← Back to Romans 4:11

← Back to Romans 5:18

← Back to Romans 5:21

← Back to Romans 10:3

← Back to Romans 14:17

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:30

← Back to 1 Corinthians 7:22

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:13

← Back to Galatians 2:16

← Back to Ephesians 4:5

← Back to Ephesians 4:13

← Back to Philippians 1:1

← Back to Philippians 1:5

← Back to Philippians 3:9

← Back to Colossians 3:24

← Back to Colossians 4:12

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:9

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:1

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:10

← Back to Titus 1:4

← Back to Hebrews 11:1

← Back to Hebrews 11:7

← Back to James 1:1

← Back to James 2:1

← Back to 1 Peter 1:7

← Back to 1 Peter 2:4

← Back to 2 Peter 1:4

← Back to 2 Peter 1:11

2 Peter 1:1

1Simon Peter a servant and apostle of Jesus Christ to them that have obtained a like precious faith with us in the righteousness of our God and the Saviour Jesus Christ

Related verses (36)

Simon

Peter

a servant

and

apostle

of Jesus

Christ

to them

like precious

with us

that have obtained

a … faith

the righteousness

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … God

our

and

the Saviour

Jesus

Christ

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Σιμωνsee-mohn

ΠέτροςPEH-trohs

δοῦλοςDOO-lohs

καὶkai

ἀπόστολοςah-POH-stoh-lohs

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

τοῖςtoys

ἰσότιμονee-SOH-tee-mohn

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

λαχοῦσινlah-CHOO-seen

πίστινPEE-steen

ἐνen

δικαιοσύνῃdee-kai-oh-SOO-nay

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

καὶkai

σωτῆροςsoh-TAY-rohs

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

The Pieces

Σιμων

Πέτροςname of a person

δοῦλοςGreek noun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀπόστολοςGreek noun, masculine

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

τοῖςGreek article

ἰσότιμονGreek adjective

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

λαχοῦσινGreek verb

πίστινGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

δικαιοσύνῃGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

σωτῆροςGreek noun, masculine

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

What It Can Mean

No dictionary entry for this word.

PeterPeter, a Greek name meaning "rock".Πέτρος, -ου, ὁ (i.e. a stone, v.s. πέτρα, Κηφᾶς ), Simon Peter, the Apostle: Mt 4:18 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 5:8, Jo 1:41, 43, al.Scroll for more

slave(a) (as adj.) enslaved, (b) (as noun) a (male) slave.δοῦλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX, ὁ δ. nearly always for עֶבֶד; ἡ δ. chiefly for שִׁפְחָה,אָמָה;] in bondage to, subject to: Ro 6:19. As subst., ὁ, ἡ δ., a slave; fem., ἡ δ., a female slave, bondmaid (Cremer, 702; DB, iii, 215): Lk 1:38, 48, Ac 2:18 (LXX); masc., ὁ δ., a slave, bondman: Mt 8:9 18:23, al.; opp. to ἐλεύθερος, I Co 7:22 12:13, Ga 3:28, Eph 6:8, Col 3:11, Re 6:15 13:16 19:18; opp. to κύριος, δεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 10:24 13:27, 28, Lk 12:46, Jo 15:15, Eph 6:5, Col 3:22 4:1, al.; metaph., δ. Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Χρ., Ἰησοῦ Χρ., Ro 1:1, I Co 7:22, Ga 1:10, Eph 6:6, Phl 1:1, Col 4:12, Ja 1:1, II Pe 1:1, Ju 1; δ. τ. θεοῦ, τ. κυρίου, Ac 16:17, II Ti 2:24, Tit 1:1, I Pe 2:16, Re 7:3 15:3; δ. πονηρός, ἀχρεῖος, κακός, Mt 18:32 24:48 25:26, 30, Lk 17:10 19:22; δ. ἁμαρτίας, Jo 8:34, Ro 6:17, 20; τ. φθορᾶς, II Pe 2:19. SYN.: διάκονος (q.v.), θεράπων, ὐπηρέτης (v. DB, iii, 377; iv, 461, 469; DCG, i, 221; ii, 613; Cremer, 215, 702).Scroll for more

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

apostleA messenger, envoy, delegate, one commissioned by another to represent him in some way, especially a man sent out by Jesus Christ Himself to preach the Gospel; an apostle.ἀπόστολος, -ου, ὁ (< ἀποστέλλω ), [in LXX; III Ki 14:6 A ( שְׁלִיחַ )*;] a fleet, an expedition (Dem.). a messenger, one sent on a mission (Hdt., LXX, III Ki 14:6, and π.; v. M, Pr., 37 f.; MM, s.v.; M, Th., i, 2:7 and reff.): Jo 13:16, II Co 8:23, Phl 2:25. In NT, an Apostle of Christ with special ref. to the Twelve: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:14, Lk 11:49, Eph 3:5, Re 18:20, al., equality with whom is claimed by St. Paul, Ga 1:1, 11 ff, I Ti 2:7, a1.; in a wider sense of prominent Christian teachers, as Barnabas, Ac 14:14, apparently also Silvanus and Timothy, I Th 2:6, and perhaps Andronicus and Junias (Junia?), Ro 16:7 (v. ICC, in l.); of false teachers, claiming apostleship: II Co 11:5, 13, Re 2:2. (On the different uses of the term in NT, v. Lft., Gal., 92-101; Cremer, 530; DB, i, 126; DCG, i, 105; Enc. Br., ii, 196 ff.)Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

ChristAnointed; the Messiah, the Christ.χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (< χρίω ), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] as adj., of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Le 21:10 ); of persons, anointed ( ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Le 4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, II Mac 1:10 ): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ ( I Ki 2:10, Ps 2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2:11, 26 Jo 1:41, Ac 2:36 4:26, al. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:29, Lk 2:11, Jo 1:20, Ac 2:31, Ro 7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς Χ., Mk 1:1, Jo 1:17, Ac 2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mt 1:18, WH, mg. Ac 5:42, Ro 6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Lk 2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Ac 15:26, Ro 1:7, al.Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

equally valuableEqually privileged, equal in honor.*† ἰσότιμος, -ον, (< ἴσος, τιμή ), equally privileged, held in equal honour: πίστις, II Pe 1:1 (R, mg., equally precious, but v Field, Notes, 240; Mayor, in l.).†Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to choose by lot(a) I obtain (receive) by lot, my lot (turn) is, (b) I draw lots.λαγχάνω, [in LXX: I Ki 14:47 ( לכד, v. Th., Gr., 38), Wi 8:19, III Mac 6:1 *;] to obtain by lot, to obtain (in cl., c. gen.): c. inf. art. (B1., § 36, 3; 71, 3), Lk 1:9; c. acc. rei, Ac 1:17, II Pe 1:1. to draw lots: seq. περί, Jo 19:24.Scroll for more

faithFaith, belief, trust, confidence; fidelity, faithfulness.πίστις, -εως, ἡ (< πείθω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמוּנָה;] in active sense, faith, belief, trust, confidence, in NT always of religious faith in God or Christ or spiritual things: Mt 8:10, Lk 5:20, Ac 14:9, Ro 1:8, I Co 2:5, II Co 1:24, I Ti 1:5, al.; c. gen. obj., Mk 11:22, Ac 3:16, Ro 3:22, Ga 2:16, Eph 3:12, Ja 2:1, al.; c. prep., ἐν, Ro 3:25, Ga 3:26, Eph 1:15, Col 1:24, I Ti 1:14 3:13, II Ti 1:13 3:15, II Pe 1:1; εἰς, Ac 20:21 24:24 26:18, Col 2:5, I Pe 1:21; πρός, I Th 1:8, Phm 5; ἐπί, c. acc., He 6:1; ἐν τῇ π. στήκειν ( εἶναι, μένειν ), I Co 16:13, I Co 13:5, I Ti 2:15; ὑπακοὴ τῆς π., Ro 1:5 16:26; ὁ ἐκ π., Ro 3:26 4:16, Ga 3:12; διὰ ( τῆς ) π., Ro 3:30, Ga 2:16, Phl 3:9. By meton., objectively, that which is the object or content of belief, the faith: Ac 6:7 14:22, Ga 1:23 3:23 6:10, Phl 1:25, 27, Ju 3, 20, and perh. also Ac 13:8 16:5, Ro 1:5 and 16:26 (v. supr.), I Co 16:13, Col 1:23, II Th 3:2 (Lft., Notes, 125), I Ti 1:19 3:9 4:1, 6 5:8 6:10, 12, II Ti 3:8 4:7, Tit 1:4, 13 3:15, I Pe 5:9. In passive sense, fidelity, faithfulness: Mt 23:23, Ga 5:22; ἡ π. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 3:3; objectively, plighted faith, a pledge of fidelity: I Ti 5:12. (On the various shades of meaning in which the word is used in NT, v. esp. ICC on Ro 1:17, pp. 31 ff.; Lft., Ga., 154 ff.; Stevens, Th. NT, 422, 515 ff.; DB, i, 830 ff.; Cremer, s.v.)Scroll for more

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

righteousness(usually if not always in a Jewish atmosphere), justice, justness, righteousness, righteousness of which God is the source or author, but practically: a divine righteousness.δικαιοσύνη, -ης, ἡ (< δίκαιος ), [in LXX chiefly for צֶדֶק, and cognates, Ge 15:6, al., rarely for חֶסֶד, Ge 19:19;] the character of ὁ δίκαιος (q.v.) in broad sense, righteousness, conformity to the Divine will in purpose, thought and action: Mt 5:6, Jo 16:8, Ac 13:10, Ro 4:3; λόγος δικαιοσύνης, teaching of r., He 5:13; βασιλεὺς δ. (cf. FlJ, BJ, vi, 10, β. δίκαιος ), He 7:2; ὅπλα δ., Ro 6:13; ὁδὸς δ., Mt 21:32; θώραξ τῆς δ., Eph 6:14; διὰκονοι δ., II Co 11:15; ὁσιότης καὶ δ., Lk 1:75, cf. Eph 4:24; ἀγαθωσύνῃ καὶ δ., Eph 5:9; δ. κ. εἰρήνη κ. χαρά, Ro 14:17; δ. κ. ἁγιασμός, I Co 1:30; opp. to ἁμαρτία, Ro 8:10; ἀνομία, II Co 6:14; άδικία, Ro 3:5; ποιεῖν τὴν δ., I Jn 2:29 3:7; id. as an inclusive term for the active duties of the religious life ( ICC, in l.; Abbott, Essays, 73 ff), Mt 6:1; ἐργάζεσθαι δ., Ac 10:35; διώκειν δ., I Ti 6:11; πληροῦν πᾶσαν δ., Mt 3:15; ζῆν τῇ δ., I Pe 2:24; δ. θεοῦ, a righteousness divine in its character and origin, Mt 6:33, Ja 1:20, Ro (where it also includes the idea of God's personal r.; v. ICC, on 1:17 ) 1:17 3:5, 21-26 10:3, II Co 5:21, Phl 3:9; ἡ δ. τ. πίσιεως, Ro 4:11; ἡ ἐκ π. δ., Ro 9:30; ἡ κατὰ π. δ., He 11:7; opp. to this is ἡ ἐκ νόμου δ., Ro 10:5; ἡ δ. ἐν ν., Phl 3:6; ἡ ἰδία δ., Ro 10:3, cf. Phl 3:9 In narrower sense (cf. δίκαιος ), justice: Ac 17:31, II Pe 1:1, Re 19:11 ( DCG, ii, 529 ff.; Cremer, 190, 690).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

of usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

saviorA savior, deliverer, preserver.σωτήρ, -ῆρος, ὁ (< σώζω ), [in LXX for יֵשַׁע and cognate forms;] saviour, deliverer, preserver, a freq. epithet of kings in the Ptolemaic and Rom. periods (Deiss., BS, 83; LAE, 368 f.; MM, xxiv), in NT, of God (as LXX: Ps 23 (24):5, Is 12:2, al.): Lk 1:47, I Ti 1:1 2:3 4:10, Tit 1:3 2:10 3:4, Ju 25; of Christ: Lk 2:11, Ac 5:31 13:23, Phl 3:20; τ. κόσμου, Jo 4:42, I Jn 4:14 (for the general use of the word, v. Westc., in l.); ἡμῶν, II Ti 1:10, Tit 1:4 3:6; θεὸς ( κύριος ) καὶ σ. (v. Deiss., LAE, 348 4; M, Pr., 84), Tit 2:13, II Pe 1:1, 11 2:20 3:2, 18; σ. τοῦ σώματος (i.e. of the Church; v.s. σῶμα, 5), Eph 5:23.†Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 6:23

← Back to Isaiah 53:11

← Back to Daniel 6:25

← Back to John 15:5

← Back to Romans 1:7

← Back to Colossians 1:2

← Back to Colossians 1:10

← Back to 1 Peter 1:2

← Back to 2 Peter 1:3

← Back to 2 Peter 1:5

← Back to 2 Peter 1:8

← Back to 2 Peter 2:20

← Back to Jude 1:2

2 Peter 1:2

2Grace to you and peace be multiplied in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord

Word By Word, In Greek Order1Grace | 2to you | 3and | 4peace | 5be multiplied | 6in | 7the knowledge | 8— | 9of God | 10and | 11of Jesus | 12— | 13Lord | 14our

Related verses (13)

Grace

to you

and

peace

be multiplied

the knowledge

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

and

of Jesus

The ASV does not translate this word.

Lord

our

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

χάριςCHAH-rees

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

καὶkai

εἰρήνηay-RAY-nay

πληθυνθείηplay-thoon-THAY-ay

ἐνen

ἐπιγνώσειeh-pee-GNOH-say

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

καὶkai

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

The Pieces

χάριςGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰρήνηGreek noun, feminine

πληθυνθείηGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐπιγνώσειGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

καὶGreek conjunction

Ἰησοῦname of a person

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

grace(a) grace, as a gift or blessing brought to man by Jesus Christ, (b) favor, (c) gratitude, thanks, (d) a favor, kindness.χάρις, -ιτος, ἡ Abbott-Smith does not include the article here., acc., χάριν ( χάριτα in Ac 24:27, Ju 4; v. WH, App., 157), [in LXX chiefly for חֵן;] objectively, that which causes favourable regard, gracefulness, grace, loveliness of form, graciousness of speech (cl.; Ec 10:12, Si 21:16, al.): Col 4:6; λόγοι τ. χάριτος (gen. qual.), Lk 4:22. Subjectively, on the part of the giver, grace, graciousness, kindness, goodwill, favour: Lk 2:52, Ac 7:10, al.; esp. in NT of the divine favour, grace, with emphasis on its freeness and universality: Lk 1:30, Ac 14:26, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, al.; opp. to ὀφείλημα, Ro 4:4, 16; to ἔργα, Ro 11:6; on the part of the receiver, a sense of favour received, thanks, gratitude: Ro 6:17 7:25, al.; χ. ἔχειν, to be thankful, Lk 17:9, I Ti 1:12, al. Objectively, of the effect of grace, a state of grace: Ro 5:2, II Ti 2:1, I Pe 5:12, II Pe 3:18; a proof or gift of grace (cl., a favour ): Jo 1:16, Ac 6:8, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:10, II Co 9:8, Ga 2:9, Eph 3:2, I Pe 5:5, 10 al. (For fuller treatment of the NT usage, v. AR, Eph., 221 ff.; DB, ii, 254 ff.; DCG, i, 686 ff.; Cremer, s.v.).Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

peacePeace, peace of mind; invocation of peace a common Jewish farewell, in the Hebraistic sense of the health (welfare) of an individual.εἰρήνη, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁלוֹם;] peace; of public peace, freedom from war: Lk 14:32, Ac 12:20 24:2; of the church, Ac 9:31. Of peace between persons, concord, agreement: Mt 10:34, Lk 12:51, Ro 14:17, I Co 7:15, Ga 5:22, Ja 3:18; ζητεῖν εἰ., I Pe 3:11; διώκειν, II Ti 2:22; ib. seq. μετὰ πάντων, He 12:14; by meton., of him who brings peace, Eph 2:14. As in LXX (= Heb. שָׁלוֹם, Aram. שְׁלָם ), of a state of security and safety: Jo 16:33, Ro 2:10, I Th 5:3,́ whence the formulae, ὕπαγε (πορεύου) εἰς εἰ, Mk 5:34, Lk 7:50 (cf. I Ki 1:17, al.; לְכִי לְשָׁלוֹם ); εἰ. ὑμῖν ( שָׁלוֹם לָכֶם ), Jo 20:19, 21, 26; ἀπολύειν ἐν εἰ., Lk 2:29, cf. I Co 16:11; ἡ εἰ. ὑμῶν, Mt 10:13, Lk 10:6; υἱὸς εἰρήνης, ib. Of spiritual peace, the peace of Christ's kingdom ( DCG, ii, 330f.): Lk 1:79 2:14, Jo 16:33, Ro 2:10 5:1 8:6, al.; ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰ., II Th 3:16; ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰ., Ro 15:33 16:20, II Co 13:11, al.; in epistolary salutations, Ro 1:7, I Co 1:3, Ga 1:3, I Th 1:1, I Pe 1:2, II Jo 3, Re 1:4, al. (v. Cremer, 244).Scroll for more

to multiplyI increase, multiply.πληθύνω (causal of πληθύω, to be full, < πληθύς, Ion. for πλῆθος ), [in LXX chiefly for רבה hi.;] trans., to increase, multiply: II Co 9:10, He 6:14 (LXX); pass., to be increased, to multiply: Mt 24:12, Ac 6:7 7:17 9:31 12:24; c. dat. pers. ( Da LXX TH 3:31 ( 98 ) al.), I Pe 1:2, II Pe 1:2, Ju 2. Intrans., to be increased, to multiply: Ac 6:1.†Scroll for more

knowledgeKnowledge of a particular point (directed towards a particular object); perception, discernment, recognition, intuition.† ἐπί-γνωσις, -εως, ἡ (< ἐπιγινώσκω, q.v.), [in LXX: III Ki 7:14 (B. γν- ), Pr 2:5, Ho 4:1, 6 6:7(6) ( דַּעַת ), Jth 9:14, II Mac 9:11 *;] acquaintance, discernment, recognition (Plut., al.): Phl 1:9, Col 3:10; c. gen. rei, Col 1:9 2:2, Phm 6; τ. ἀληθείας, I Ti 2:4, II Ti 2:25 3:7, Tit 1:1, He 10:26; τ. ἁμαρτίας, Ro 3:20; c. gen. pers., of God: Eph 1:17, Col 1:10, II Pe 1:2, 3; of Christ: Eph 4:13, II Pe 1:8 2:20; of God and Christ: II Pe 1:2; κατ ̓ ἐ., Ro 10:2; ἔχειν ἐν ἐ., Ro 1:28 (v. AR, Eph., 248 ff.; and for a somewhat different view, Thayer, s.v.; Lft. on Col, 1:9; Tr., Syn., lxxv; Cremer, 159 f.; cf. αἴσθησις ).†Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 32:47

← Back to Psalms 108:7

← Back to Song of Solomon 1:10

← Back to Acts 2:39

← Back to Romans 1:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:7

← Back to Galatians 1:6

← Back to Ephesians 1:17

← Back to Ephesians 4:1

← Back to Philippians 3:8

← Back to Philippians 3:14

← Back to Philippians 4:8

← Back to Colossians 2:2

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:24

← Back to 1 Timothy 2:2

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:8

← Back to 1 Timothy 6:3

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:1

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:10

← Back to Titus 1:1

← Back to Hebrews 3:1

← Back to 1 Peter 1:15

← Back to 1 Peter 5:10

← Back to 2 Peter 1:5

← Back to 2 Peter 1:6

← Back to 2 Peter 3:11

← Back to 2 Peter 3:18

← Back to 3 John 1:2

2 Peter 1:3

3seeing that his divine power hath granted unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness through the knowledge of him that called us by his own glory and virtue

Related verses (30)

seeing that

all things

unto us

The ASV does not translate this word.

divine

power

his

that

pertain unto

life

and

godliness

hath granted

through

the

knowledge

of him

that called

his own

by … glory

and

virtue

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Ὡςhohs

πάνταPAHN-tah

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

τῆςtays

θείαςTHAY-ahs

δυνάμεωςdoo-NAH-meh-ohs

αὐτοῦow-TOO

τὰtah

πρὸςprohs

ζωὴνzoh-AYN

καὶkai

εὐσέβειανyoo-SEH-bay-ahn

δεδωρημένηςdeh-doh-ray-MEH-nays

διὰdee-AH

τῆςtays

ἐπιγνώσεωςeh-pee-GNOH-seh-ohs

τοῦtoo

καλέσαντοςkah-LEH-sahn-tohs

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

ἰδίᾳee-DEE-ah

δόξῃDOH-ksay

καὶkai

ἀρετῇah-reh-TAY

The Pieces

ὩςGreek preposition

πάνταGreek adjective

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

τῆςGreek article

θείαςGreek adjective

δυνάμεωςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

τὰGreek article

πρὸςGreek preposition

ζωὴνGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

εὐσέβειανGreek noun, feminine

δεδωρημένηςGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

ἐπιγνώσεωςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

καλέσαντοςGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

ἰδίᾳGreek adjective

δόξῃGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀρετῇGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

divineDivine; subst: the Deity.θεῖος, -εία, -εῖον (< θεός ), [in LXX: Ex 31:3 35:31, Jb 27:3 33:4, Pr 2:17 ( אֵל, אֱלוֹהַּ, אֱלֹהִים ), Si 6:35, II Ma 3, III Mac 1, IV Mac 25 *;] divine: δύναμις, II Pe 1:3; φύσις (for parallel in π., v. MM, Exp., xv), II Pe 1:4; τὸ θ., the Deity (so in cl.; of God, in Philo and FlJ), Ac 17:29.†Scroll for more

power(a) physical power, force, might, ability, efficacy, energy, meaning (b) plur: powerful deeds, deeds showing (physical) power, marvelous works.δύναμις, -εως, ἡ (< δύναμαι ), [in LXX chiefly for חַיִל ( חֵיל ), ץָבָא, גְּבוּרָה, עֹו, etc.; 35 words in all;] power, might, strength; relatively, ability, power to perform: Mt 25:15, Ac 3:2, He 11:11; κατὰ δ., II Co 8:3; παρὰ δ., ib.; ὑπὲρ δ., II Co 1:8; of pecuniary ability, II Co 8:3, Re 18:3; absol., power, might: Lk 24:49, Ac 1:8; opp. to ἀσθένεια, I Co 15:43; ἡ δ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, I Co 15:56; of power in action, Ro 1:16, 20, I Co l:18, Phl 3:10, al. ἡ δ. τ. Θεοῦ, Mt 22:29, Mk 12:24, Ro 1:20, al.; opp. to μόρφωσις, II Ti 3:5; in doxologies, Re 4:11 7:12, al.; ἐν δ., Mk 9:1, Lk 4:36, Ro 1:4, al.; of the power of performing miracles, Ac 6:8, II Th 2:9; pl., Mt 13:54, Mk 6:14, Ga 3:5, al.; of the force or meaning of a word (Plat., al.), I Co 14:11. By meton., of persons or things; of God, Mt 26:64, Mk 14:62 (Dalman, Words, 200 ff.); of angels, Ro 8:38, Eph 1:21, I Pe 3:22; of armies, pl. [LXX for צְבָאוֺת ], metaph., of the stars, Mt 24:29, Mk 13:25, Lk 21:26; of that wh. manifests God's power: Christ, I Co 1:24; τ. εὐαγγέλιον, Ro 1:16; ἡ δ. τ. κυρίου, I Co 5:4; of mighty works (Tr., Syn., § xci), δ. ποιεῖν, Mk 6:5 9:39; pl., Mt 7:22, Mk 6:2, Lk 10:13, al.; σημεῖα κ. δ.,. Ac 8:13; δ. κ. τέρατα κ. σημεῖα, Ac 2:22, II Co 12:12. SYN.: βία, ἐνέργεια, ἐξουσία, ἰσχύς, κράτος (v. Tr., l.c.; Cremer, 218, 236; DB, i, 616; iv, 29; DCG, i, 607; ii, 188).Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

lifeLife, both of physical (present) and of spiritual (particularly future) existence.ζωή, -ῆς, ἡ ( ζάω ), [in LXX chiefly for חַיִּים;] life (in Hom., Hdt., = βίος, q.v.; later, existence, vita quâ vivimus, as distinct from βίος, vita quam vivimus; opp. to θάνατος ); of natural life: Lk 16:25, Ac 8:33, I Co 15:19, I Ti 4:8, He 7:3, Ja 4:14; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; ψυχὴ ζωῆς ( Ge 1:30 ), Re 16:3; of the life of one risen from the dead, Ro 5:10, He 7:16. Of the life of the kingdom of God, the present life of grace and the life of glory which is to follow (Dalman, Words, 156 ff.; Westc, Epp. Jo., 214 ff.; Cremer, 272 ff.): Jo 6:51, 53, Ro 7:10 8:6, 10, Phl 2:16, Col 3:4, II Pe 1:3; αἰώνος (reff. supr.; DCG, i, 538 a, ii, 30 f.), Jo 4:36 12:50 17:3, I Jo 1:2, al.; τ. φῶς τῆς ζ., Jo 8:12; ὁ Λόγος τ. ζ., I Jo 1:1; ὁ ἄρτος τ. ζ., Jo 6:35, 48; δικαίωσις ζωῆς, Ro 5:18; μετάνοια εἰς ζ., Ac 11:18; ἐν αὐτῷ ζ. ἦν, Jo 1:4; ζ. ἡ ἐν. Χ. Ἰ., II Ti 1:1; τὰ πρὸς ζωήν, II Pe 1:3, al.; στέφανος τῆς ζ., Ja 1:12, Re 2:10; χάρις ζωῆς (gen. expl.), I Pe 3:7; ζ. καὶ εἰρήνη, Ro 8:6; ζ. καὶ ἀφθαρσία, II Ti 1:10; ἀνάστασις ζωῆς, Jo 5:29; βίβλος ζωῆς, Phl 4:3, Re 3:5; ξύλον ζωῆς, Re 2:7; ὕδωρ ζωῆς, Re 22:17; meton., of that which has life: τ. πνεῦμα, Ro 8:10; ῥήματα, Jo 6:63; of one who gives life, Jo 11:25 14:6, I Jo 1:2; ἡ ἐντολή, Jo 12:50. SYN.: v.s. βίος.Scroll for more

pietyPiety (towards God), godliness, devotion, godliness.εὐ-σέβεια, -ας, ἡ (< εὐσεβής, q.v.), [in LXX: Pr 1:7, Is 33:6 ( יִרְאָה ), Pr 13:11 (aliter in Heb. ), Is 11:2 ( יְהֹוָה יִרְאָה ), I Es 1:23, Wi 10:12, Si 49:3, and very freq. in IV Mac;] piety, reverence (towards parents and others). piety towards God, godliness: Ac 3:12, I Ti 2:2 4:7, 8 6:5, 6, 11, II Pe 1:3, 6, 7,; τὸ τῆς εὐ. μυστήριον, I Ti 3:16; ἡ κατ’ εὐ. διδασκαλία, I Ti 6:3; ἡ ἀλήθεια ἡ κατ' εὐ., Tit 1:1; μόρφωσις εὐσεβείας, II Ti 3:5; pl. (v. Bl., § 32, 6; Mayor on Ja 2:1 ), II Pe 3:11 (on the use of εὐ. and cognates in Past. Epp., v. CGT, on I Ti 2:2; cf. also Cremer, 524).†Scroll for more

to giveI give, grant, donate.δωρέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Ge 30:20 ( זבד ), Es 8:1, Pr 4:2 ( נתן ), Le 7:5 (15) ( קׇרְבָּן ), I Es 1:7 8:14, 55, Si 7:25 *;] to present, bestow. As depon. (with same sense), -έομαι, -οῦμαι: Mk 15:45, II Pe 1:3, 4.† SYN.: δίδωμι, q.v.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

to call: call(a) I call, summon, invite, (b) I call, name.καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to call, summon: c. acc. pers., Mt 20:8 25:14, Mk 3:31, Lk 19:13, Ac 4:18; seq. ἐκ, Mt 2:15 (LXX); metaph., I Pe 2:9. to call to one's house, invite: Lk 14:16, I Co 10:27, Re 19:9; εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 22:3, 9, Lk 14:8, 9, Jo 2:2; ὁ καλέσας, Lk 7:39; οἱ κεκλημένοι, Mt 22:8; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.): Ro 8:30 9:24, 25, I Co 7:17, 18; seq. εἰς, I Co 1:9, I Th 2:12, I Ti 6:12; ὁ καλῶν ( καλέσας ), of God, Ga 1:6 5:8, I Th 5:24, I Pe 1:15, II Pe 1:3; οἱ κεκλκλημένοι, He 9:15; seq. ἐν ( ἐπί ), I Co 7:15, Ga 5:13, Eph 4:4, I Th 4:7; κλήσει, Eph 4:1, II Ti 1:9. to call, name, call by name: pass., Mt 2:23, Lk 1:32, al.; καλούμενος, Lk 7:11, Ac 7:58, al.; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 210), Lk 6:15 22:3 23:33, Ac 10:1, Re 12:9, al.; c. pred. nom., Mt 5:9, Lk 1:35, Ro 9:26, Ja 2:23, I Jo 3:1. (Cf. ἀντι-, ἐν-, εἰσ- (-μαι), ἐπι-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-καλέω.)Scroll for more

usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

one's own/privateOne's own, belonging to one, private, personal; one's own people, one's own family, home, property.ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον ), [in LXX chiefly for pers. suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; ( τὰ ἴ. ) בֵּיתוֹ;] one's own; of that which is private and personal (in cl. opp. to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3); of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6:41, Jo 1:42 5:43, Ac 2:6 20:28, I Co 11:21, Ga 6:5, II Ti 1:9, He 7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., I Th 4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, II Ti 4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jo 1:11 (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Ac 4:23, I Ti 5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, 84), Lk 18:28, Jo 1:11 16:32 19:27. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, I Co 15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, I Co 15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Ac 1:25; = αὐτοῦ (v. Deiss., ut. supr.), Mt 22:5, Jo 1:42 (cf. Wi 10:1 ). Adverbially (v. supr., 1 ( a ); and cf. WM, 739 2 ); ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: I Co 12:11; κατ’ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mt 14:13, 23 20:17, Mk 4:34 7:33, Lk 10:23, Ac 23:19, al.Scroll for more

gloryHonor, renown; glory, an especially divine quality, the unspoken manifestation of God, splendor.δόξα, -ης, ἡ (< δοκέω ), [in LXX very freq. for כָּבוֹד, also for הוֹד,תִּפְאֶרֶת, etc., 25 words in all;] in cl., expectation, judgment, opinion ( IV Mac 5:18 ). opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute; in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory: Lk 14:10, Jo 12:43, He 3:3; opp. to αἰσχύνη, Phl 3:19; to ἀτιμία, II Co 6:8; δ. κ. τιμή, Ro 2:7, 10, I Pe 1:7, II Pe 1:17; ζητεῖν, Jo 5:44 7:18 8:50, I Th 2:6; λαμβάνειν, Jo 5:41, II Pe 1:17, Re 5:12; διδόναι δ. τ. θεῷ (cf. נָתַן כָּבוֹד לַיהוָֹה, Je 13:16, al.), Lk 17:18, Jo 9:24, Ac 12:23, Ro 4:20, Re 4:9; εἰς (τ.) δ. θεοῦ, Ro 3:7 15:7, Phl 1:11, al.; in doxologies, τ. θεῷ (ᾧ) ἡ δ., Lk 2:14, Ro 11:36 16:27, Ga 1:5, Eph 3:21, al. Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= הוֹד, Jb 39:20, I Ch 29:25; כָּבֹוד, Jb 19:9, Es 5:11, al.), visible brightness, splendour, glory: of light, Ac 22:11; of heavenly bodies, I Co 15:40 ff.; esp. that wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud and in the Holy of Holies (= כָּבוֹד, Ex 16:10 25:22 40:34, al.; and new Heb. שְׁכִינָה, II Mac 2:8; v. DB, iv, 489 b ), Ro 9:4, Ja 2:1 (v. Hort, Mayor, in l.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Ro 1:23, Col 1:11 Eph 1:6, 12, 17 3:16; of the same as communicated to man through Christ, II Co 3:18 4:6; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall enter hereafter, Ro 8:18, 21 9:23, II Ti 2:10, al. SYN.: ἔπαινος τιμή (v. Hort on I Pe 1:7 ).Scroll for more

virtueGoodness, a gracious act, virtue, uprightness.ἀρετή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX, in sing.: Hb 3:3, Za 6:13 ( הוֹד ), in pl.: Is 42:8, 12 43:21 63:7 ( תְּהִלָּה ), Es 14:10, Wi 4:1 5:13 8:7, II-IV Mac 22 *;] prop., whatever procures pre-eminent estimation for a person or thing, in Hom. any kind of conspicuous advantage. Later confined by philos. writers to intrinsic eminence— moral goodness, virtue; of God: II Pe 1:3; of men: Phl 4:8, II Pe 1:5; pl. ( Is 42:8, 12 43:21 63:7, Es 14:10 ), excellencies: I Pe 2:9 (the usage appears to be a survival of an early comprehensive sense in which the original idea is blended with the impression which it makes on others, i.e. praise, renown; v. Hort, I Pe., 129. Deiss., BS, 95 f., thinks it means manifestations of divine power, as in current Gk. speech; cf. also MM, s.v.)†Scroll for more

← Back to Psalms 36:7

← Back to Psalms 56:10

← Back to Matthew 3:8

← Back to Romans 12:2

← Back to 1 Corinthians 15:58

← Back to 2 Corinthians 7:1

← Back to Galatians 3:22

← Back to Philippians 1:27

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:19

← Back to Titus 2:12

← Back to Hebrews 3:1

← Back to Hebrews 8:6

← Back to Hebrews 12:10

← Back to James 2:12

← Back to 1 Peter 1:15

← Back to 2 Peter 1:1

← Back to 2 Peter 1:9

← Back to 2 Peter 1:15

← Back to 2 Peter 2:12

← Back to 2 Peter 2:18

← Back to 2 Peter 2:20

← Back to 1 John 2:29

← Back to 1 John 3:2

← Back to 1 John 3:3

2 Peter 1:4

4whereby he hath granted unto us his precious and exceeding great promises that through these ye may become partakers of the divine nature having escaped from the corruption that is in the world by lust

Related verses (21)

whereby

his

precious

and

exceeding great

unto us

promises

he hath granted

that

through

these

ye may become

divine

partakers

of the … nature

having escaped

from the … that

is in

the

world

lust

corruption

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

διdee

ὧνhohn

τὰtah

τίμιαTEE-mee-ah

καὶkai

μέγισταMEH-gee-stah

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἐπαγγέλματαeh-pahn-GEL-mah-tah

δεδώρηταιdeh-DOH-ray-tai

ἵναHEE-nah

διὰdee-AH

τούτωνTOO-tohn

γένησθεGEH-nay-stheh

θείαςTHAY-ahs

κοινωνοὶkoy-noh-NOY

φύσεωςFOO-seh-ohs

ἀποφυγόντεςah-poh-foo-GOHN-tes

τῆςtays

ἐνen

τῷtoh

κόσμῳKOH-smoh

ἐνen

ἐπιθυμίᾳeh-pee-thoo-MEE-ah

φθορᾶςfthoh-RAHS

The Pieces

διGreek preposition

ὧνGreek relative pronoun

τὰGreek article

τίμιαGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

μέγισταGreek adjective

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἐπαγγέλματαGreek noun, neuter

δεδώρηταιGreek verb

ἵναGreek conjunction

διὰGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

γένησθεGreek verb

θείαςGreek adjective

κοινωνοὶGreek noun, masculine

φύσεωςGreek noun, feminine

ἀποφυγόντεςGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

κόσμῳGreek noun, masculine

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐπιθυμίᾳGreek noun, feminine

φθορᾶςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

preciousOf great price, precious, honored.τίμιος, -α, -ον (< τιμή ), [in LXX chiefly for יָקָר;] valued, hence, precious, costly, highly valued: primarily, of money value, λίθος, Re 17:4 18:12, 16 21:19; pl., I Co 3:12; compar., -ώτεφος, I Pe 1:7, Rec.; superl., -ώτατος, Re 18:12 21:11; in extended sense, καρπός, Ja 5:7; αἷμα, I Pe 1:19; ἐπαγγέλματα, II Pe 1:4; held in honour, honoured, esteemed worthy: c. dat., Ac 5:34; ὁ γάμος, He 13:4; ψυχή, Ac 20:24 (where τ. is pleonastic, v. Page, in l.).†Scroll for more

greatestμέγιστος, v.s. μέγας.Scroll for more

a promiseA promise.* ἐπ-άγγελμα, -τος, τό (< ἐπαγγέλλω ), a promise: II Pe 1:4 3:13.†Scroll for more

in order that/toIn order that, so that.ἵνα, adverb (poët., Hom., al.), of place, where, whither. of circumstance, when. Conjunction, prop., final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word ( Ac 19:4, Ro 11:31 (?), Ga 2:10, al.); c. optat. (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres., Eph 1:17 (but WH, mg., subjc.; v. Burton, § 225, Rem., 2); c. subjc.: after a pres., Mk 4:21, Lk 6:34, Jo 3:15, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:11, al.; after a pf., Mt 1:22, Jo 5:23, I Co 9:22, al.; after an imperat. (pres. or aor.), Mt 7:1, Mk 11:25, Jo 10:38, I Co 7:5, al.; after a delib. subjc., Mk 1:38, al.; after a fut., Lk 16:4, Jo 14:3, I Co 15:28, al.; after historic tenses (where optat. in cl.; WM, 359 f.; M, Pr., 196 f.), Mk 6:41 (impf.), Jo 4:8 (plpf.), Mk 3:14 (aor.), al.; in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§ 198, 199), c. indic. fut: Lk 20:10, I Pe 3:1, al.; as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, s.v.), c. indic. pres.: I Co 4:6, Ga 4:17, al. (?; but v. Burton, § 198, Rem.); εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jo 18:37, I Ti 1:16, al.; τούτου χάριν, Tit 1:5; elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jo 1:8, II Th 3:9, I Jo 2:19, al.; of the final verb, Ro 4:16, II Co 8:13, al. In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl., § 69, 1), that; after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc.: θέλω, Mt 7:12, al.; ζητῶ, I Co 4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, I Co 14:1, al.; after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mt 4:3, al.; ἐρωτῶ, Mk 7:26, al.; παρακαλῶ, Mt 14:36, I Co 1:10, al., etc.; after words expressing expediency, etc.: συμφέρει, Mt 18:6, Jo 11:50, al.; ἱκανός, Mt 8:8, Lk 7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jo 2:25, al, etc.; after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jo 12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Re 2:21; συνήθεια, Jo 18:39; μισθός, I Co 9:18. In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206 ff.; WM, 572; Bl., § 69, 3; Burton, § 223): Ro 11:11, I Co 7:29, I Th 5:4, al. (but v. Thayer, s.v.); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mt 1:22 2:14 4:14, Jo 13:18, al.Scroll for more

of theseοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

participantA sharer, partner, companion.κοινωνός, -ή, -όν (< κοινός ), [in LXX: Pr 28:24, Is 1:23 ( חָבֵר ), Ma 2:14 ( חֲבֶרֶת ), Es 8:13, al.;] as adj., = κοινός. As subst., ὁ, ἡ κ., a partner, associate, companion: II Co 8:23, Phm 17; c. dat. pers., Lk 5:10; c. gen. pers., He 10:33; id. seq. ἐν, Mt 23:30; a partaker, sharer: c. gen. rei, I Co 10:18, 20, II Co 1:7, I Pe 5:1, II Pe 1:4 (v. Deiss., BS, 368 n 2 ).†Scroll for more

natureNature, inherent nature, origin, birth.** φύσις, -εως, ἡ (< φύω ) [in LXX: Wi 7:20 13:1 19:20 א Α, III Mac 3:29, IV Mac 1:20 5:7, 8, 25 13:27 15:13, 25 16:3 *;] nature, i.e., the nature (natural powers or constitution) of a person or thing: Ja 3:7, II Pe 1:4; τέκνα φυσει ὀργῆς, Eph 2:3; origin, birth (Soph., Xen., al.): Ro 2:27, Ga 2:15; nature, i.e. the regular order or law of nature: I Co 11:14; dat., φύσει adverbially, by nature, Ro 2:14, Ga 4:8; παρὰ φύσιν, against nature, Ro 1:26 11:24; καρὰ φ., according to nature, naturally, Ro 11:21, 24.†Scroll for more

to escapeI flee from, escape.** ἀπο-φεύγω, [in LXX: Si 22:22 *;] to flee from, escape: c. acc., II Pe 2:18, 20; c. gen., II Pe 1:4.†Scroll for more

worldThe world, universe; worldly affairs; the inhabitants of the world; adornment.κόσμος, -ου, ὁ [in LXX: Ge 2:1, De 4:19 17:3, Is 24:21 40:26 ( צבא ), Ex 33:5, 6, Je 2:32 4:30, Ez 7:20 16:11 23:40 ( עֲדִי ), Is 61:10 ( כְּלִי ), al., Wi 2:24 and freq., Si 6:30, al;] order (Hom., Plat., al.). ornament, adornment, esp. of women (Hom., al.): I Pe 3:3. Later, the world or universe, as an ordered system (Plat., al.): Ac 17:24, Ro 4:13, I Co 3:22, Phl 2:15, He 4:3, al. In late writers only, the world, i.e. the earth (= ἡ οἰκουμένη, cf. Mt 4:8 with Lk 4:5 ): Mt 4:8, Mk 16:[15], Col 2:20, I Ti 6:7, al.; hence by meton., of the human inhabitants of the world: Mt 5:14 13:38, Mk 14:9, Jo 1:10 4:42 12:47, Ro 3:6, I Co 4:13, II Co 5:19, II Pe 2:5, al.; of worldly affairs or possessions: Mt 16:26, Mk 8:36, Lk 9:25, I Co 7:31, I Jo 2:16, al.; in ethical sense, of the ungodly: Jo 7:7 14:17, 27, I Co 1:21, Ja 1:27, I Jo 4:4, al.; metaph.: ὁ κ. τῆς ἀδικίας, Ja 3:6. SYN.: αἰών, q.v. (cf. also Dalman, Words, 162 ff.; Tr., Syn., § lix; Westc., additional note on Jo 1:10; DB, iv, 938 ff.).Scroll for more

desireDesire, eagerness for, inordinate desire, lust.ἐπιθυμία, -ας, ἡ (< έπιθυμέω ), [in LXX chiefly for תַּאֲוָה, אָוָה; also for חָמוּד, etc.;] desire, longing: Lk 22:15 (v.s. ἐπιθυμέω ), Phl 1:23, I Th 2:17, Re 18:14; p1., Mk 4:19; esp. with ref. to forbidden things, desire, lust (Vg., concupiscentia ): Ro 7:7, 8, Ja 1:14, 15, II Pe 1:4; pl., Ga 5:24, I Ti 6:9, II Ti 2:22 4:3, I Pe 1:14 4:2; πάθος ἐπιθυμίας, I Th 4:5; ἐ. κακή, Col 3:5; c. gen., μιασμοῦ, II Pe 2:10 (v. Mayor, in l.); τ. καρδιῶν, Ro 1:24; τ. κόσμου (aroused by the world), I Jn 2:17; τ. σώματος, Ro 6:12; τ. ἀπάτης, Eph 4:22 (v. ICC, in l.); τ. σαρκός, I Jn 2:16, II Pe 2:18 (without art.), Ga 5:16; τ. ὀφθαλμῶν, I Jn 2:16; σαρκικαὶ ἐ., I Pe 2:11 (cf. IV Mac 1:32 ); κοσμικαί, Tit 2:12; εἰς ἐπιθυμίας, Ro 13:14; ποιεῖν τὰς ἐ., Jo 8:44; ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐ., Ro 6:12; δουλεύειν, ἄγεσθαι, ἐπιθυμίαις, Tit 3:3, II Ti 3:6; πορεύειθαι ἐν ἐ., I Pe 4:3; κατά, Ju 16, 18, II Pe 3:3; ἀναστρέφεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ἐ., Eph 2:3.† SYN.: πάθος (q.v.), ὄρεξιςScroll for more

corruptionCorruption, destruction, decay, rottenness, decomposition.φθορά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< φθείρω ) [in LXX for שַׁחַת, חֶבֶל, etc.;] destruction, corruption, decay (v. Mayor on II Pe, App.,175 ff.): Ro 8:21, I Co 15:42, Col 2:22, II Pe 2:12; opp. to ζωὴ αἰώνιος, Ga 6:8; by meton., of that which is subject to corruption, I Co 15:50; of moral decay, II Pe 1:4 2:12, 19 (cf. Wi 14:12 ).†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 6:17

← Back to Joshua 7:3

← Back to Joshua 22:5

← Back to Psalms 112:6

← Back to Proverbs 10:4

← Back to Proverbs 10:17

← Back to Proverbs 13:4

← Back to Proverbs 20:4

← Back to Ecclesiastes 10:18

← Back to Song of Solomon 4:2

← Back to Jeremiah 17:24

← Back to Ezekiel 18:22

← Back to Micah 6:8

← Back to Zechariah 6:15

← Back to Matthew 13:23

← Back to Matthew 20:1

← Back to Matthew 28:20

← Back to Luke 6:49

← Back to John 3:21

← Back to Acts 26:20

← Back to Romans 15:14

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 8:7

← Back to Galatians 5:22

← Back to Ephesians 1:4

← Back to Philippians 1:9

← Back to Philippians 2:12

← Back to Philippians 3:12

← Back to Philippians 4:8

← Back to Colossians 3:12

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:1

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 1:3

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:7

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:12

← Back to 1 Timothy 6:11

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:10

← Back to Titus 2:12

← Back to Hebrews 6:11

← Back to Hebrews 11:6

← Back to James 2:14

← Back to James 2:17

← Back to 2 Peter 1:3

← Back to 2 Peter 1:9

← Back to 2 Peter 1:10

← Back to 2 Peter 3:14

2 Peter 1:5

5Yea and for this very cause adding on your part all diligence in your faith supply virtue and in your virtue knowledge

Related verses (21)

and

very

for this … cause

Yea

diligence

all

adding on your part

supply

The ASV does not translate this word.

faith

your

The ASV does not translate this word.

virtue

and

your

virtue

The ASV does not translate this word.

knowledge

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

καὶkai

αὐτὸow-TOH

τοῦτοTOO-toh

δὲdeh

σπουδὴνspoo-DAYN

πᾶσανPAH-sahn

παρεισενέγκαντεςpah-ray-seh-NEN-kahn-tes

ἐπιχορηγήσατεeh-pee-choh-ray-GAY-sah-teh

ἐνen

τῇtay

πίστειPEE-stay

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

τὴνtayn

ἀρετήνah-reh-TAYN

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

ἀρετῇah-reh-TAY

τὴνtayn

γνῶσινGNOH-seen

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

αὐτὸGreek pronoun

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

σπουδὴνGreek noun, feminine

πᾶσανGreek adjective

παρεισενέγκαντεςGreek verb

ἐπιχορηγήσατεGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

πίστειGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

ἀρετήνGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

ἀρετῇGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

γνῶσινGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

diligence(a) speed, haste, (b) diligence, earnestness, enthusiasm.σπουδή, -ῆς, ἡ (< σπεύδω ), [in LXX chiefly for בּהל, its parts and derivatives;] haste, speed: μετὰ σ. ( Wi 19:2 ), Mk 6:25, Lk 1:39. zeal, diligence, earnestness: Ro 12:11, II Co 7:11, 12 8:7, 8; ἐν σ., Ro 12:8 (v. M, Pr, 104); seq. ὑπέρ, II Co 8:16; σπουδὴν ἐνδείκνυσθαι, He 6:11; σ. παρεισφέρειν, II Pe 1:5; πᾶσαν σ. ποιεῖσθαι, Ju 3 (v. MM, xxiii; M, Pr., 214; Deiss., BS, 361, 364).†Scroll for more

to supplyI contribute besides, bring in besides, smuggle in.* παρ-εισ-φέρω, to bring in or supply besides: σπουδὴν π. (late Gk. for cl. σ. ποιεῖσθαι; cf. Deiss., BS, 361), II Pe 1:5.†Scroll for more

to supplyI supply, provide (perhaps lavishly), furnish.** ἐπι-χορηγέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Si 25:22, II Mac 4:9 A *;] to supply, provide: c. acc rei, II Pe 1:5; id. c. dat. pers., II Co 9:10, Ga 3:5; pass., Col 2:19, II Pe 1:11 (cf. χορηγέω, and v. MM, Exp., xiv).†Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

knowledgeKnowledge, doctrine, wisdom.γνῶσις, -εως, ἡ (< γιγνώσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for דַּעַת;] a seeking to know, inquiry, investigation. knowledge, in NT, specially of the kn. of spiritual truth: absol., Lk 11:52, Ro 2:20 15:14, I Co 1:5 (Lft., Notes, 147) 8:1, 7, 10, 11, 13:2, 8 14:6, II Co 6:6 8:7 11:6, Eph 3:19, Col 2:3, I Pe 3:7, II Pe 1:5, 6; c. gen. obj., σωτηρίας, Lk 1:77; τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ, II Co 4:6; τ. θεοῦ, II Co 2:14 10:5; Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Phl 3:8 (v. Deiss., LAE, 383 8 ), II Pe 3:18; c. gen. subjc., θεοῦ, Ro 11:33; λόγος γνώσεως, I Co 12:8; ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, I Ti 6:20.† SYN.: σοφία, φρόνησις (cf. ἐπί-γνωσις and v. Lft. on Col 2:3; Cremer, 156).Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 24:25

← Back to Romans 12:12

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:25

← Back to Colossians 1:11

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 1:4

← Back to 1 Timothy 2:10

← Back to Titus 2:2

← Back to Hebrews 12:1

← Back to James 1:3

← Back to 1 Peter 4:8

← Back to Revelation 2:3

2 Peter 1:6

6and in your knowledge self control and in your self control patience and in your patience godliness

Word By Word, In Greek Order1in | 2and | 3your | 4knowledge | 5— | 6self control | 7in | 8and | 9your | 10self control | 11— | 12patience | 13in | 14and | 15your | 16patience | 17— | 18godliness

Related verses (36)

and

your

knowledge

The ASV does not translate this word.

self control

and

your

self control

The ASV does not translate this word.

patience

and

your

patience

The ASV does not translate this word.

godliness

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

γνώσειGNOH-say

τὴνtayn

ἐγκράτειανen-KRAH-tay-ahn

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

ἐγκρατείᾳen-krah-TAY-ah

τὴνtayn

ὑπομονήνhoo-poh-moh-NAYN

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

ὑπομονῇhoo-poh-moh-NAY

τὴνtayn

εὐσέβειανyoo-SEH-bay-ahn

The Pieces

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

γνώσειGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

ἐγκράτειανGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

ἐγκρατείᾳGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

ὑπομονήνGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

ὑπομονῇGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

εὐσέβειανGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

self-controlSelf-mastery, self-restraint, self-control, continence.** ἐγκράτεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἐγκρατής ), [in LXX: Si 18:15, 30 IV Mac 5:34 *;] prop., mastery, control. (sc. ἑαθτοῦ ) self-control: Ac 24:25, Ga 5:23, II Pe 1:6 (v. DB, iv, 558 b 695 a; Page on Ac, l.c.).†Scroll for more

perseveranceEndurance, steadfastness, patient waiting for.ὑπο-μονή, -ῆς, ἡ ( ὑπομένω ) [in LXX for מִקְוֶה and cogn. forms; freq. in IV Mac;] a remaining behind (Arist.). patient enduring, endurance: Lk 8:15 21:19, Ro 5:3, 4 15:4, 5, II Co 6:4 12:12, Col 1:11, II Th 1:4, I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:10, Tit 2:2, He 10:36, Ja 1:3, 4 5:11, II Pe 1:6, Re 2:2, 3, 19 13:10 14:12; δι’ ὑπομονῆς, Ro 8:25, He 12:1; c. gen. pers., II Th 3:5 ( ICC, in l.), Re 3:10; c. gen. rei, Ro 2:7, II Co 1:6, I Th 1:3; seq. ἐν, Re 1:9.† SYN.: v.s. μακροθυμία, and cf. Hort on Ja 1:3Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 13:8

← Back to John 13:34

← Back to Romans 12:10

← Back to 1 Corinthians 13:4

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:1

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:14

← Back to Ephesians 4:32

← Back to Colossians 3:14

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 3:12

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:9

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:5

← Back to Hebrews 13:1

← Back to 1 Peter 1:22

← Back to 1 Peter 3:8

← Back to 1 John 3:14

← Back to 2 John 1:5

← Back to Revelation 2:19

2 Peter 1:7

7and in your godliness brotherly kindness and in your brotherly kindness love

Word By Word, In Greek Order1in | 2and | 3your | 4godliness | 5— | 6brotherly kindness | 7in | 8and | 9your | 10brotherly kindness | 11— | 12love

Related verses (14)

and

your

godliness

The ASV does not translate this word.

brotherly kindness

and

your

brotherly kindness

The ASV does not translate this word.

love

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

εὐσεβείᾳyoo-seh-BAY-ah

τὴνtayn

φιλαδελφίανfee-lah-del-FEE-ahn

ἐνen

δὲdeh

τῇtay

φιλαδελφίᾳfee-lah-del-FEE-ah

τὴνtayn

ἀγάπηνah-GAH-payn

The Pieces

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

εὐσεβείᾳGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

φιλαδελφίανGreek noun, feminine

ἐνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

φιλαδελφίᾳGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

ἀγάπηνGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

brotherly loveBrotherly love, love of Christian brethren.φιλαδελφία, -ας, ἡ (< φιλάδελφος ), [in LXX: IV Mac 13:23, 26 14:1 *;] the love of brothers, brotherly love: of Christians' mutual love as brethren (v.s. ἀδελφός ), Ro 12:10, I Th 4:9, He 13:1, I Pe 1:22, II Pe 1:7.†Scroll for more

loveLove, benevolence, good will, esteem; plur: love-feasts.† ἀγάπη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX for אַהֲבָה, which is also rendered by ἀγάπησις and φιλία;] love, goodwill, esteem. Outside of bibl. and eccl. books, there is no clear instance (with Deiss., LAE, 18:4, 70:2, cf. the same writer in Constr. Quar., ii, 4; and with MM, VGT, s.v., cf. Dr. Moulton in Exp. Times, xxvi, 3, 139). In NT, like ἀγαπάω, -ῶ, Of men's love: to one another, Jo 13:35; to God, I Jo 2:5. Of divine love; God's love: to men, Ro 5:8; to Christ, Jo 17:26; Christ's love to men: Ro 8:35. In pl., love feasts: Ju 12 ( DB, iii, 157). SYN.: φιλία. ἀ., signifying properly (v.s. ἀγαπάω ) love which chooses its object, is taken over from LXX, where its connotation is more general, into NT, and there used exclusively to express that spiritual bond of love between God and man and between man and man, in Christ, which is characteristic of Christianity. It is thus distinct from φιλία, friendship ( Ja 4:4 only), στοργή, natural affection (in NT only in compounds, v.s. ἄστοργος ) and ἔρως, sexual love, which is not used in NT, its place being taken by ἐπιθυμία. (Cf. ἀγαπάω; and v. Abbott, Essays, 70f.; DB, vol. i., 555; Cremer, 13, 593; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 13:21

← Back to Matthew 25:18

← Back to Mark 4:19

← Back to Mark 4:20

← Back to Colossians 1:10

← Back to Titus 3:14

← Back to Philemon 1:6

2 Peter 1:8

8For if these things are yours and abound they make you to be not idle nor unfruitful unto the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ

Related verses (25)

these things

For

yours

if … are

and

abound

not

to be … idle

nor

unfruitful

they make you

unto

the

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … Lord

our

Jesus

Christ

knowledge

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

ταῦταTOW-tah

γὰρgahr

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ὑπάρχονταhoo-PAHR-chohn-tah

καὶkai

πλεονάζονταpleh-oh-NAH-zohn-tah

οὐκook

ἀργοὺςahr-GOOS

οὐδὲoo-DEH

ἀκάρπουςah-KAHR-poos

καθίστησινkah-THEE-stay-seen

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

ἐπίγνωσινeh-PEE-gnoh-seen

The Pieces

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ὑπάρχονταGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

πλεονάζονταGreek verb

οὐκGreek negative particle

ἀργοὺςGreek adjective

οὐδὲGreek conjunction

ἀκάρπουςGreek adjective

καθίστησινGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

ἐπίγνωσινGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

be alreadyI begin, am, exist, am in possession.ὑπάρχω [in LXX for הָיָה, יֵשׁ, לוּן, etc.; τ. ὑπάρχοντα for מִקְנֶה, רְכוּשׁ, etc.;] to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hdt., al.). to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Ac 19:40 27:12, 21; seq. ἐν, Ac 28:18. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, xxv): c. nom. pred., Lk 8:41 9:48, Ac 4:34 7:55 8:16 16:3 19:36 21:20, I Co 7:26 12:22, Ja 2:15, II Pe 3:11; ptcp. c. pred., Lk 16:14 23:50, Ac 2:30 3:2 17:24 22:3, Ro 4:19, I Co 11:7, II Co 8:17 12:16, Ga 1:14 2:14; pl., Lk 11:13, Ac 16:20, 37 17:29, II Pe 2:19; seq. ἐν, c. dat. rei, Lk 7:25 16:23, Ac 5:4 10:12, I Co 11:18, Phl 3:20; ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων (R, mg., being originally ), Phl 2:6; ἐν, c. dat. pers., ( among ), I Co 11:18; μακρὰν ἀπό, Ac 17:27; πρὸς τ. σωτηρίας, Ac 27:34. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): c. dat. pers., Ac 3:6 4:37 28:7, II Pe 1:8; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, one's belongings, possessions: c. dat. pers., Lk 8:3 12:15, Ac 4:32; c. gen. pers., Mt 19:21 24:47 25:14, Lk 11:21 12:33, 44 14:33 16:1 19:8, I Co 13:3, He 10:34 (cf. προ-υπάρχω ).†Scroll for more

to increaseI have more than enough; I abound, increase.πλεονάζω (< πλέον ), [in LXX for עדף, רבה, etc.;] Intrans. Of persons; to abound in (Arist.); to superabound: II Co 8:15 (LXX). Of things, to abound, superabound: Ro 5:20 6:1, II Co 4:15, Phl 4:17, II Th 1:3, II Pe 1:8. Trans. ( Nu 26:54, Ps 70 (71):21; not cl, v. Lft., Notes, 48 f.), to make to abound: I Th 3:12 (cf. ὑπερ-πλεονάζω ).† SYN.: περισσεύω, q.v.Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

idleIdle, lazy, thoughtless, unprofitable, injurious.ἀργός, -όν (in late Gk., incl. NT, -ή, -όν; < ἀ- neg., ἔργον ), [in LXX: III Ki 6:7 ( מַסָּע ?), Wi 14:5 15:15, Si 37:11 38:28 *;] inactive, idle: Mt 20:3, 6, I Ti 5:13, Tit 1:12, II Pe 1:8. Metaph., of things, inactive, ineffective, worthless: ῥῆμα, Mt 12:36; πίστις, Ja 2:20 (v. Cremer, 259 f.).† SYN.: βραδύς, slow; νωθρός, sluggish (Tr., Syn., § civ).Scroll for more

norNeither, nor, not even, and not.οὐδέ, negative particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή. As conjc., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mt 6:15, Lk 16:31, Ro 4:15, al.; οὐ... οὐδέ, Mt 5:15 10:24, Mk 4:22, Lk 6:43, 44, Jo 6:24, Ac 2:27, Ro 2:28, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10). As adv., not even: Mt 6:29, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:9, I Co 5:1; οὐδὲ εἷς, Ac 4:32, Ro 3:10 (LXX).Scroll for more

unfruitfulUnfruitful, barren, profitless.ἄ-καρπος, -ον, [in LXX: Je 2:6 ( צַלְמָוֶת ), Wi 15:4, IV Mac 16:7;] unfruitful, barren: fig., Mt 13:22, Mk 4:19, I Co 14:14, Eph 5:11, Tit 3:14, II Pe 1:8, Ju 12.†Scroll for more

to appoint/conductI set down, bring down to a place; I set in order, appoint, make, constitute.καθ-ίστημι (and καθιστάνω, Ac 17:15 ), [in LXX for פּקד, קוּם, שׂוּם, etc., 24 words in all*;] to set down; to bring down to a place (Hom., Xen., al.; II Ch 28:15, I Ki 5:3 ): Ac 17:15. to set in order, appoint, make, constitute: Tit 1:5, II Pe 1:8; c. dupl. acc., κριτήν, Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον, Ac 7:10; ἄρχοντα, Ac 7:27, 35 (LXX); ἀρχιερεῖς, He 7:28; seq. ἐπί, c. gen., Mt 24:45 25:21, 23, Lk 12:42, Ac 6:3; id. c. dat., Mt 24:47, Lk 12:44; id. c. acc., He 2:7 (LXX) (WH, R, mg. omit); pass. (v. Mayor, Ja., 115 f.), Ro 5:19, Ja 3:6 4:4; seq. εἰς c. inf., He 8:3; τὰ πρὸς τ. θεόν, He 5:1 (cf. ἀντι-, ἀπο-καθίστημι ).†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 13:55

← Back to Isaiah 8:20

← Back to Zephaniah 1:17

← Back to Revelation 3:17

2 Peter 1:9

9For he that lacketh these things is blind seeing only what is near having forgotten the cleansing from his old sins

Related verses (16)

he that

For

lacketh

these things

blind

seeing only what is near

having forgotten

the

cleansing

The ASV does not translate this word.

old

his

from … sins

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ᾧhoh

γὰρgahr

μὴmay

πάρεστινPAH-reh-steen

ταῦταTOW-tah

τυφλόςtoo-FLOHS

ἐστινeh-steen

μυωπάζωνmoo-oh-PAH-zohn

λήθηνLAY-thayn

λαβὼνlah-BOHN

τοῦtoo

καθαρισμοῦkah-thah-ree-SMOO

τῶνtohn

πάλαιPAH-lai

αὐτοῦow-TOO

ἁμαρτημάτωνhah-mahr-tay-MAH-tohn

The Pieces

ᾧGreek relative pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

μὴGreek negative particle

πάρεστινGreek verb

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

τυφλόςGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

μυωπάζωνGreek verb

λήθηνGreek noun, feminine

λαβὼνGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

καθαρισμοῦGreek noun, masculine

τῶνGreek article

πάλαιGreek adverb

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

ἁμαρτημάτωνGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

be presentI am present, am near; I have come, arrived.πάρ-ειμι, [in LXX for בּוֹא, etc.;] to be by, at hand or present; of persons: Re 17:8; παρών (opp. to ἀπών ), I Co 5:3, II Co 10:2, 11 13:2, 10; seq. ἐπί, c. gen., Ac 24:19; ἐνώπιον, Ac 10:33; ἐνθάδε, Ac 17:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20, II Co 11:8, Ga 4:18, 20; of things: of time, ὁ καιρός, Jo 7:6; τ. παρόν, He 12:11; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Pe 1:12; ταῦτα, II Pe 1:9; τ. παρόντα, He 13:5. to have come or arrived (Hdt., Thuc., al.; v. Field, Notes, 65): Lk 13:1, Jo 11:28, Ac 10:21; seq. εἰς, Col 1:6; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. rei, Mt 26:50 (cf. συν-πάρειμι ).†Scroll for more

blindBlind, physically or mentally.τυφλός, -ή, -όν [in LXX for עִוֵּר;] blind: as subst., ὁ τ., Mt 9:27, Mk 8:22, Lk 4:18 (LXX), Jo 5:3, al. Metaph.: Mt 15:14 23:16-26, Jo 9:39-41, Ro 2:19, II Pe 1:9, Re 3:17.Scroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

be nearsightedI am short-sighted, blink, see dimly.*† μυ-ωπάζω (< μύωψ, closing the eyes, short-sighted; < μύω, ὤψ ), to be short-sighted: II Pe 1:9 (R, mg., closing his eyes; v. ICC, in l.).†Scroll for more

forgetfulnessForgetfulness, oblivion.λήθη, -ης, ἡ (< λήθω = λανθάνω ), [in LXX: Le 5:15 ( מַעַל ), Wi 16:11, Si 14:7, al.;] forgetfulness: λ. λαβεῖν (on the phrase, v. Mayor, in l.): II Pe 1:9.†Scroll for more

to take(a) I receive, get, (b) I take, lay hold of.λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;] to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers., φόβος, Lk 7:16; πνεῦμα, Lk 9:39; πειρασμός, I Co 10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re 5:7 8:5, al. to receive: absol., opp. to αἰτεῖν, Mt 7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mt 10:8, Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei, Mt 27:6, Mk 10:30, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:21 13:20 19:27, II Jo 10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14:65; metaph., τ. λόγον, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jo 3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jo 12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- ( -μαι ), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω ).Scroll for more

cleansingCleansing, purifying, purification, literal, ceremonial, or moral; met: expiation.† καθαρισμός, -οῦ, τό (< καθαρίζω ), [in LXX for טֳהָר, טׇהֳרָה, etc.;] cleansing, purification: Jo 3:25; c. gen. subjc., τ Ἰουδαίων, Jo 2:6; c. gen. obj., of women after childbirth, Lk 2:22; of lepers, Mk 1:44, Lk 5:14; c. gen. rei, τ. ἁμαρτιῶν, He 1:3, II Pe 1:9 (Cremer, 319).†Scroll for more

of oldOf old, long ago, in times past, former.πάλαι, adv. of time, [in LXX: Is 48:5, 7 ( מֵאָז ), etc.;] long ago, of old, in time past (denoting past time absolutely, as πρότερον relatively): Mt 11:21, Lk 10:13, He 1:1, Ju 4; as adj., c. art., II Pe 1:9; of time just past, Mk 6:47 (WH, mg.), 15:44 (WH, mg., R, txt.); c. durat. praes. (RV, all this time ), II Co 12:19.†Scroll for more

sinA fault, sin, evil deed.ἁμάρτημα, -τος, τό (< ἁμαρτεῖν, v. supr.), [in LXX for חַטָּאָה, עָוֺן etc.;] an act of disobedience to divine law (Lft., Notes, 273), a sinful deed, a sin: Mk 3:28, 29, Ro 3:25, I Co 6:18, II Pe 1:9, WH, mg.; αἰώνιων ἁ. ( DCG, i, 788 a ), Mk 3:29 (for exx. from π., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).† SYN.: ἀγνόημα, ἁμαρτία, ἀνομία, ἀσέβεια, ἥττημα, παράβασις, παρακοή, παρανομία, παράπτωμα (v. Cremer, 100; Tr., Syn., § lxvi; DB, iv, 532; DCG, i, 788 a; Westc, Eph., 165 f.)Scroll for more

← Back to Joshua 18:3

← Back to Judges 18:9

← Back to Psalms 15:5

← Back to Psalms 26:1

← Back to Proverbs 10:30

← Back to Isaiah 32:17

← Back to Romans 4:16

← Back to Romans 8:30

← Back to Romans 9:11

← Back to 1 Corinthians 9:26

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:9

← Back to Philippians 4:9

← Back to Colossians 2:2

← Back to Colossians 3:12

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 1:4

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 1:5

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:15

← Back to Hebrews 3:1

← Back to Hebrews 4:11

← Back to Hebrews 6:11

← Back to Hebrews 6:12

← Back to Hebrews 12:15

← Back to 2 Peter 1:5

← Back to 2 Peter 3:17

← Back to 1 John 2:10

← Back to 1 John 5:13

2 Peter 1:10

10Wherefore brethren give the more diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shall never stumble

Related verses (23)

Wherefore

the more

brethren

give … diligence

sure

your

The ASV does not translate this word.

calling

and

election

to make

these things

for

if ye do

never

ye shall … stumble

The ASV does not translate this word.

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

διὸdee-OH

μᾶλλονMAH-lohn

ἀδελφοίah-del-FOY

σπουδάσατεspoo-DAH-sah-teh

βεβαίανbeh-BAI-ahn

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

τὴνtayn

κλῆσινKLAY-seen

καὶkai

ἐκλογὴνeh-kloh-GAYN

ποιεῖσθαιpoy-AY-sthai

ταῦταTOW-tah

γὰρgahr

ποιοῦντεςpoy-OON-tes

οὐoo

μὴmay

πταίσητέPTAI-say-teh

ποτεpoh-teh

The Pieces

διὸGreek conjunction

μᾶλλονGreek adverb

ἀδελφοίGreek noun, masculine

σπουδάσατεGreek verb

βεβαίανGreek adjective

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

κλῆσινGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐκλογὴνGreek noun, feminine

ποιεῖσθαιGreek verb

ταῦταGreek demonstrative pronoun

γὰρGreek conjunction

ποιοῦντεςGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

πταίσητέGreek verb

ποτεGreek particle

What It Can Mean

thereforeWherefore, on which account, therefore.διό conjunct. for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account: Mt 27:8, Lk 7:7, Ac 15:19, Ro 1:24, al.; δ. καί, Lk 1:35, Ac 10:29 24:26, Ro 4:22 15:22, II Co 1:20 4:13 5:9, Phl 2:9, He 11:12 13:12 (v. Ellic. on Ga 4:31 ).Scroll for more

moreMore, rather.μάλα, adv., [in LXX for אֲבָל, III Ki 1:43, Da LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Nu 13:32 ( 31 ), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ ( מ ), Ge 19:9, al.; superlat., II Mac 8:7, IV Mac 4:22 12:9 15:4;] Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.). Compar., μᾶλλον. Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mk 10:48, Lk 18:39, Ro 5:15, 17, Phl 2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Lk 12:24, Ro 11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ... ὅσῳ, He 10:25. Of comparison, the more: Lk 5:15, Jo 5:18, Ac 5:14, I Th 4:1, 10, II Pe 1:10; ἔτι μ. καὶ μ., Phl 1:9; c. compar., Mk 7:36, II Co 7:13; πολλῴ μ. κρεῖσσον, Phl 1:23; μ. διαφέρειν, c. gen., Mt 6:26; μ. ἤ, Mt 18:13; c. gen., I Co 14:18; as periphr. for compar., Ac 20:35, I Co 9:15, Ga 4:27; μ. δέ (EV, yea rather ), Ro 8:34. Of preference, rather, the rather, sooner: with qualifying words, πολλῷ, Mt 6:30, al.; πολύ, He 12:25; πόσῳ, Mt 7:11, al.; in a question, οὐ μ., I Co 9:12; after a neg., Mt 10:6, al.; θέλω ( εὐδοκῶ ) μ., I Co 14:5, II Co 5:8; ζηλῶ, I Co 14:1; c. subst., τ. σκότος ἢ τ. φῶς, Jo 3:19; μ. δέ, Ga 4:9. Superl., μάλιστα, most, most of all, above all: Ac 20:38 25:26, Ga 6:10, Phl 4:22, I Ti 4:10 5:8, 17, II Ti 4:13, Tit 1:10, Phm 16, II Pe 2:10; μ. γνώστης, Ac 26:3.Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

be eagerI hasten, am eager, am zealous.σπουδάζω (< σπουδή ), [in LXX chiefly for בּהל ni.;] to make haste; hence, to be zealous or eager, to give diligence: c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205 f.), Ga 2:10, Eph 4:3, I Th 2:17, II Ti 2:15 4:9, 21, Tit 3:12, He 4:11, II Pe 1:10 3:14; c. acc. et inf. (on this construction v. Mayor in l.; MM, xxiii), II Pe 1:15 (for other constructions v. LS, s.v.).†Scroll for more

firmFirm, steadfast, enduring, sure, certain.** βέβαιος, -ον (also -α, -ον; < βαίνω ), [in LXX: Es 3:13, Wi 7:23, III Mac 5:31 7:7, IV Mac 17:4 *;] firm, secure: ἄγκυρα, He 6:19; metaph., sure (esp. "in the sense of legally guaranteed security," Deiss., BS, 109; cf. two foll. words): ἐπαγγελία, Ro 4:16; ἐλπίς, II Co 1:6; λόγος, He 2:2; παρρησία, He 3:6; ἀρχή ( τ. ὑποστάσεως ), He 3:14; διαθήκη, He 9:17; κλῆσις κ. ἐκλογή, II Pe 1:10; comp. ( -ότερος ), προφητικὸς λόγος, II Pe 1:19.†Scroll for more

callingA calling, invitation; in the NT, always of a divine call.κλῆσις, -εως, ἡ ( καλέω ), [in LXX: Je 38 (31):6 ( קרא ), Jth 12:10 A, III Mac 5:14 *;] a calling, call; in NT, always of the Divine call to salvation: Ro 11:29, I Co 1:26 7:20, Eph 1:18 4:1, 4, Phl 3:14, II Th 1:11, II Ti 1:9, He 3:1, II Pe 1:10 (Cremer, 332).†Scroll for more

selectingA choosing out, selecting, choice (by God).** ἐκλογή, ῆς ἡ (< ἐκλέγω ), [in Aq.: Is 22:7; Sm., Th.: Is 37:24 *;] a choice, selection; in NT, always of the Divine choice (EV, election): σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς, gen. qual., a chosen vessel; κατ ἐ., Ro 9:11 11:5, 28; c. gen. pers., I Th 1:4, II Pe 1:10; by meton., ἡ ἐ. = οἱ ἐκλεκτοί, Ro 11:7.†Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

to stumbleI stumble, fall, sin, err, transgress.πταίω, [in LXX chiefly for נגף ni.;] trans., to cause to stumble ( I Ki 4:3, cf. Deiss., BS, 68 1 ). Intrans., to stumble. Metaph., in moral sense, Ro 11:11, Ja 2:10 3:2, II Pe 1:10.†Scroll for more

once/whenAt one time or other, at some time, formerly.

← Back to Matthew 6:33

← Back to Matthew 18:3

← Back to Ephesians 3:20

← Back to Colossians 1:13

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:1

← Back to Titus 1:4

← Back to Hebrews 1:8

← Back to James 2:5

2 Peter 1:11

11for thus shall be richly supplied unto you the entrance into the eternal kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ

Related verses (14)

thus

for

richly

shall be … supplied

unto you

the

entrance

into

the

eternal

kingdom

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … Lord

our

and

Saviour

Jesus

Christ

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

γὰρgahr

πλουσίωςploo-SEE-ohs

ἐπιχορηγηθήσεταιeh-pee-choh-ray-gay-THAY-seh-tai

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ἡhay

εἴσοδοςAY-soh-dohs

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

αἰώνιονai-OH-nee-ohn

βασιλείανbah-see-LAY-ahn

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

καὶkai

σωτῆροςsoh-TAY-rohs

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

The Pieces

οὕτωςGreek adverb

γὰρGreek conjunction

πλουσίωςGreek adverb

ἐπιχορηγηθήσεταιGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ἡGreek article

εἴσοδοςGreek noun, feminine

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

αἰώνιονGreek adjective

βασιλείανGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

σωτῆροςGreek noun, masculine

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

What It Can Mean

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

richlyRichly, abundantly.* πλουσίως, adv., richly, abundantly: Col 3:16, I Ti 6:17, Tit 3:6, II Pe 1:11.†Scroll for more

entry(act of) entering, an entrance, entry.εἴσ-οδος, -ου, ὁ (< ὁδός ) [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] a means of entering, place of entrance: He 10:19, II Pe 1:11 (cf. Westc., He., l.c.; MM, Exp., xii; but v. infr.). a going in, entrance: Ac 13:24; c. gen. loc., He 10:19 (Thayer, s.v.; but v. supr.); seq. εἰς, II Pe 1:11 (Mayor, in l.; Thayer; but v. supr.); πρός, II Th 1:9 2:1.†Scroll for more

eternalAge-long, and therefore: practically eternal, unending; partaking of the character of that which lasts for an age, as contrasted with that which is brief and fleeting.αἰώνιος, -ον (as usual in Attic), also -α, -ον. II Th 2:16, He 9:12; (< αἰών ), [in LXX chiefly for עוֹלָם;] age-long, eternal, of that which is without either beginning or end: Ro 16:26, He 9:14; of that which is without beginning: Ro 16:25, II Ti 1:9, Tit 1:2; of that which is without end (MM, VGT, s.v.): σκηναί, Lk 16:9 οἰκία, II Co 5:1; διαθήκη, He 13:20; εὐαγγέλιον, Re 14:6; παράκλησις, II Th 2:16; λύτρωσις, He 9:12; κληρονομία, ib. 15; κόλασις, Mt 25:46; κρίμα, He 6:2; κρίσις, Mk 3:29; ὄλεθρον, II Th 1:9; πῦρ, Mt 18:8; freq. c. ζωή, q.v. SYN.: ἀΐδιος, q.v.Scroll for more

kingdomKingship, sovereignty, authority, rule, especially of God, both in the world, and in the hearts of men; hence: kingdom, in the concrete sense.βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (< βασιλεύω ), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה מַלְכוּת;] prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Lk 1:33 22:29, Jo 18:36, Ac 1:6, He 1:8, I Co 15:24; λαβεῖν β., Lk 19:12, 15, Re 17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, Re 17:17; ἔχειν β., Re 17:18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. ( εἰς τὴν ) β., Mt 16:28, Lk 23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Re 12:10. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules ( Es 5:3, al.): Mt 4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mk 3:24 6:23, Lk 4:5, He 11:33, al.; the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty ), the king himself ( τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., IV Ki 11:1 ). In LXX ( Wi 6:5, To 13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218 f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ ( מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Is 53:10 ), Eph 5:5; τ. κυρίου, II Pe 1:11, Re 11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mk 11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mt 4:23, Ja 2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mt 11:12, Lk 17:21, Ro 14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 6:10, Mk 9:1, Jo 3:5, II Pe 1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mt 6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mk 10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mt 25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, He 12:28; αὐτῶν ( τοιούτων ) ἐστὶν ἡ β., Mt 5:3, 10 19:14, Mk 10:14, Lk 18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mt 19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Lk 18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Lk 4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mt 3:2, Mk 1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mt 16:19; κλείειν τὴν β., Mt 23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mt 8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 8:2

← Back to Deuteronomy 11:18

← Back to Nehemiah 9:17

← Back to Ecclesiastes 9:10

← Back to Mark 8:18

← Back to John 21:17

← Back to Romans 1:11

← Back to Romans 15:14

← Back to Romans 15:15

← Back to Philippians 1:20

← Back to Philippians 3:1

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 5:11

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:6

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:6

← Back to Titus 3:1

← Back to Hebrews 2:1

← Back to 1 Peter 5:12

← Back to 2 Peter 1:13

← Back to 2 Peter 3:1

← Back to 2 Peter 3:17

← Back to 1 John 2:21

← Back to Jude 1:3

← Back to Jude 1:5

← Back to Revelation 2:5

2 Peter 1:12

12Wherefore I shall be ready always to put you in remembrance of these things though ye know them and are established in the truth which is with you

Related verses (15)

Wherefore

I shall be ready

always

you

to put … in remembrance

these things

though

ye know them

and

are established

the

which is with you

truth

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Διὸdee-OH

μελλήσωmeh-LAY-soh

ἀεὶah-AY

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ὑπομιμνῄσκεινhoo-poh-mee-MNAY-skayn

περὶpeh-REE

τούτωνTOO-tohn

καίπερKAI-pehr

εἰδόταςay-DOH-tahs

καὶkai

ἐστηριγμένουςeh-stay-reeg-MEH-noos

ἐνen

τῇtay

παρούσῃpah-ROO-say

ἀληθείᾳah-lay-THAY-ah

The Pieces

ΔιὸGreek conjunction

μελλήσωGreek verb

ἀεὶGreek adverb

ὑμᾶς

ὑπομιμνῄσκεινGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

καίπερGreek conjunction

εἰδότας

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐστηριγμένουςGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

παρούσῃGreek verb

ἀληθείᾳGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

alwaysAlways, unceasingly, perpetually; on every occasion.ἀεί, adv., [in LXX: Is 42:14 ( מֵעוֹלָם ) 51:13 ( תָּמִיד ), Ps 94 (95):10, al.;] ever; of continuous time, unceasingly, perpetually: Ac 7:51, 2 Co 4:11 6:10, Tit 1:12, He 3:10. Of successive occurrences, on every occasion (MM, VGT, s.v.): I Pe 3:15, II Pe 1:12.†Scroll for more

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to remindI remind; pass: I remember, call to mind.ὑπο-μιμνήσκω [in LXX: III Ki 4:3 B ( hi.), Wi 12:1 18:22, IV Mac 18:14 *;] to cause one to remember, put one in mind or remind one of: c. acc rei, II Ti 2:14, III Jn 10; c. dupl. acc (Thus., al.), Jo 14:26; c. acc pers., seq. περί, II Pe 1:12; id., seq. ὅτι, Ju 5; c. inf., Tit 3:1; pass., c. gen. rei, Lk 22:61.†Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

althoughAlthough, though.καίπερ, concessive particle, [in LXX: Pr 6:8, Wi 11:9, Jh 1:13, II-IV Mac 11 *;] although: c. ptcp., Phl 3:4, He 5:8 7:5 12:17, II Pe 1:12.†Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

to establish(a) I fix firmly, direct myself towards, (b) generally met: I buttress, prop, support; I strengthen, establish.στηρίζω [in LXX for סמך, שׂוּם ( שׂים ), etc.;] to fix, set fast, make fast: Lk 16:26; τ. πρόσωτον ( Ez 6:2 13:17, al.; v. Dalman, Words, 30 f.), Lk 9:51. Metaph., to confirm, establish: c., acc., Lk 22:32, Ac 18:23, Ro 1:11 16:25, I Th 3:2, 13, II Th 3:3, Ja 5:8, I Pe 5:10, Re 3:2; id. seq. ἐν, II Th 2:17, II Pe 1:12.†Scroll for more

truthTruth, but not merely truth as spoken; truth of idea, reality, sincerity, truth in the moral sphere, divine truth revealed to man, straightforwardness.ἀλήθεια, -ας, ἡ (< ἀληθής ), [in LXX chiefly for אֱמֶת (on which, v. Cremer, 627f.), אֱמוּנָה;] truth (v. DB, iv, 818f.). Objectively, "the reality lying at the basis of an appearance; the manifested, veritable essence of a matter" (Cremer, 86): Ro 9:1, al.; of religious truth, Ro 1:25, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine, Ga 2:5, al.; ἀ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:8. Subjectively, truthfulness, truth, not merely verbal (cl.), but sincerity and integrity of character: Jo 8:44, III Jo 3. In phrases (MM, VGT, s.v.): ἐπ’ ἀληθείας, Mk 12:14, al.; ἀ. λέγειν ( εἰπεῖν, λαλεῖν ), Ro 9:1, II Co 12:6, Eph 4:25, al.; ἀ. ποιεῖν, Jo 3:21, I Jo 1:6 (cf. DB, iv, 818b, ff.).Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 38:21

← Back to Numbers 23:10

← Back to Deuteronomy 4:22

← Back to Deuteronomy 31:2

← Back to 2 Samuel 23:1

← Back to 1 Kings 2:1

← Back to 1 Chronicles 22:5

← Back to Matthew 24:46

← Back to Matthew 25:1

← Back to Luke 12:36

← Back to Luke 14:28

← Back to Romans 8:10

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:1

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:4

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 1:3

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:14

← Back to 2 Peter 1:12

← Back to 2 Peter 3:1

← Back to Revelation 3:3

2 Peter 1:13

13And I think it right as long as I am in this tabernacle to stir you up by putting you in remembrance

Word By Word, In Greek Order1right | 2And | 3I think it | 4— | 5as long as | 6I am | 7in | 8this | 9— | 10tabernacle | 11to stir … up | 12you | 13by | 14putting you in remembrance

Related verses (7)

right

And

I think it

The ASV does not translate this word.

as long as

I am

this

The ASV does not translate this word.

tabernacle

to stir … up

you

putting you in remembrance

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

δίκαιονDEE-kai-ohn

δὲdeh

ἡγοῦμαιhay-GOO-mai

ἐφef

ὅσονHOH-sohn

εἰμὶay-MEE

ἐνen

τούτῳTOO-toh

τῷtoh

σκηνώματιskay-NOH-mah-tee

διεγείρεινdee-eh-GAY-rayn

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ἐνen

ὑπομνήσειhoo-poh-MNAY-say

The Pieces

δίκαιονGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

ἡγοῦμαιGreek verb

ἐφGreek preposition

ὅσονGreek correlative pronoun

εἰμὶGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τούτῳGreek demonstrative pronoun

τῷGreek article

σκηνώματιGreek noun, neuter

διεγείρεινGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

ἐνGreek preposition

ὑπομνήσειGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

justJust; especially, just in the eyes of God; righteous; the elect (a Jewish idea).δίκαιος, -α, -ον (< δίκη ), [in LXX chiefly for צַדִּיק (for rendering of צַדִּיק in sense of correct, v. Deiss., BS, 115 f.); sometimes for נָקִי as Pr 1:11, al.;] in early Gk. writers of persons, observant of δίκη, custom, rule, right, righteous in performing duties to gods and men; of things, righteous, in accordance with right. In NT righteous, chiefly in the broad sense, as above, of the person or thing corresponding to the Divine standard of right of persons: of God, Ro 3:26, I Jn 2:29 3:7; of Christ, Ac 3:14 7:52 22:14, I Pe 3:18, I Jn 2:1; of men, Mt 1:19 (Abbott, Essays, 75 f.) 10:41 13:17, 43, 49, Lk 1:6, 17, Ro 5:7, I Ti 1:9, Ja 5:6, I Pe 3:12, I Jn 3:7, Re 22:11, al.; δ. καὶ εὐλαβής, Lk 2:25; ἅγιος, Mk 6:20; ἀγαθός, Lk 23:50; φοβούμενος τ. θεόν, Ac 10:22; opp. to ἀμαρτωλοὶ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς, I Pe 4:18; ἄδικοι, Mt 5:45, Ac 24:15; δ. ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 1:17, Ga 3:11, He 10:38 (LXX); δ. παρὰ τ. θεῷ, Ro 2:13 of things: ἔργα δ., opp. to πονηρὰ, I Jn 3:12; ἐντολή, Ro 7:12; metaph., αἷμα, Mt 23:35; τὸ δ., Lk 12:57; δ. ἐστιν, Ac 4:19, Eph 6:1, Phl 1:7; ὅ, Mt 20:4; ὅσα, Phl 4:8 In narrower sense of persons, as in later cl. writers, just, rendering to each his due: Tit 1:8, I Jn 1:9; δ. κριτής, II Ti 4:8 of things: τὸ δ., Col 4:1; δ., sc. ἐστιν, II Th 1:6; κρίσις δ., Jo 5:30; ὁδοί, Re 15:3 SYN.: ἀγαθός (q.v.), καλός, χρηστός (Cremer, 183, 690).Scroll for more

to govern(a) I lead, (b) I think, am of opinion, suppose, consider.ἡγέομαι, -οῦμαι depon. mid., [in LXX (chiefly pres. ptcp.) for נָגִיד, רֹאשׁ, שַׂר, etc.;] to lead; to guide, go before; to rule, be leader: pres. ptcp., ἡγούενος, a ruler, leader (MM, Exp., xiv), Mt 2:6 (LXX), Lk 22:26, Ac 7:10 14:12 15:22, He 13:7, 17, 13:24. to suppose, believe, consider, think (Hdt., Soph., al.; cf. Lat. duco ): c. dupl. acc., Ac 26:2, Phl 2:3, 6 3:7, I Ti 1:12 6:1, He 10:29 11:11, 26, II Pe 1:13 2:13 3:9, 15; c. acc. seq. ὡς, c. acc., II Th 3:15; c. acc. seq. adv., I Th 5:13; ὅταν, Ja 1:2; ἀναγκαῖον, c. inf., II Co 9:5, Phl 2:25; δίκαιον, c. inf., II Pe 1:13; c. acc. et inf., Phl 3:8 (cf. δι-, ἐκ-δι-, ἐξ- προ-ηγέομαι ).† SYN.: v.s. δοκέω.Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

just as/how muchHow much, how great, how many, as great as, as much.ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus ); of number and quantity: m. pl., Mt 14:36, Mk 3:10, Ro 2:12, al.; n. pl., Mt 17:12, Mk 10:21, Lk 11:8, al.; πάτνες ( πάντα ) ὅ., Mt 13:46, Lk 4:40, al.; seq. οὗτοι ( ταῦτα ), Ro 8:14, Phl 4:8; c. indic., Mk 6:56, Re 3:19; c. subjc. Mk 3:28, al.; ὅ. ἄν, Mt 18:18, Jo 11:22, al.; of measure and degree: Mk 3:8, Lk 8:39, Ac 9:13; in compar. sent., ὅσον seq. μᾶλλον, Mk 7:36; καθ’ ὅσον, c. compar., He 3:3; seq. τοσοῦτο, He 7:20; οὕτως, He 9:27; τοσούτῳ, c. compar. seq. ὅσῳ, c. compar., He 1:4; ἐφ’ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of space and time: Re 21:16; ἐφ’ ὅσον, as long as, Mt 9:15, II Pe 1:13; ἐφ’ ὅ. χρόνον, Ro 7:1, I Co 7:39, Ga 4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, He 10:37 (LXX).Scroll for more

to beI am, exist.εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

tentA tent pitched, a dwelling, tabernacle.σκήνωμα, -τος, τό (< σκηνόω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֹהֶל;] a tent, tabernacle (cf. σκηνή, σκῆνος ): of the temple as God's dwelling ( Ps 131 (132):5, al.), Ac 7:46. Metaph., of the body: II Pe 1:13, 14.†Scroll for more

to arouseI wake out of sleep, arouse in general, stir up.** δι-εγείρω [in LXX: Jth 1:4, Es 1:1, II Mac 7:21 15:10, III Mac 5:15 *;] to arouse completely, arouse as from rest or sleep: Lk 8:24; pass., Mk 4:39, Lk 8:24; of the sea, Jo 6:18. Metaph., of the mind: ἐν ὑπομνήσει, II Pe 1:13 3:1.†Scroll for more

remembranceRemembrance, recollection, putting in mind; a reminder.ὑπό-μνησις, -εως, ἡ ( ὑπομιμνήσκω ) [in LXX: Ps 70 (71):6 א ( תְּהִלָּה ), Wi 16:11, II Mac 6:17 *;] a reminding, reminder: ἐν ὑ., II Pe 1:13 3:1; c. gen., II Ti 1:5.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 48:21

← Back to Numbers 10:17

← Back to Deuteronomy 31:29

← Back to 1 Samuel 12:2

← Back to 2 Samuel 19:37

← Back to Psalms 31:15

← Back to Psalms 37:37

← Back to Psalms 73:26

← Back to Daniel 7:15

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:8

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:6

← Back to 2 Peter 1:13

2 Peter 1:14

14knowing that the putting off of my tabernacle cometh swiftly even as our Lord Jesus Christ signified unto me

Related verses (7)

knowing

that

swiftly

cometh

the

putting off

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … tabernacle

even

The ASV does not translate this word.

Lord

our

Jesus

Christ

signified

unto me

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

εἰδὼςay-DOHS

ὅτιHOH-tee

ταχινήtah-chee-NAY

ἐστινeh-steen

ἡhay

ἀπόθεσιςah-POH-theh-sees

τοῦtoo

σκηνώματόςskay-NOH-mah-tohs

μουmoo

καθὼςkah-THOHS

καὶkai

ὁhoh

κύριοςKOO-ree-ohs

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

Ἰησοῦςee-ay-SOOS

Χριστὸςchree-STOHS

ἐδήλωσένeh-DAY-loh-sen

μοιmoy

The Pieces

εἰδὼς

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ταχινήGreek adjective

ἐστινGreek verb

ἡGreek article

ἀπόθεσιςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

σκηνώματόςGreek noun, neuter

μουGreek pronoun

καθὼςGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

ὁGreek article

κύριοςGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

Ἰησοῦςname of a person

Χριστὸςname of a title or other name

ἐδήλωσένGreek verb

μοιGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

quickSwift, quick, impending.ταχινός, -ή, -όν [in LXX: Pr 1:16, Hb 1:6, Is 59:7 ( מָהַר ), Wi 13:2, Si 11:22 18:26 *;] poët. and late for ταχύς, swift: of swift approach, II Pe 1:14 2:1.†Scroll for more

removalA putting off, a laying down.* ἀπό-θεσις, -εως, ἡ (< ἀποτίθημι ), a putting away: I Pe 3:21, II Pe 1:14.†Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

as/just asAccording to the manner in which, in the degree that, just as, as.καθώς, (i.e. καθ’ ὡς ), Hellenistic for καθά, q.v., καθάπερ, καθό, καθότι (Mayser, 485; Rutherford, NPhr., 495; Bl., § 78, 1), according as, even as, just as, as: Lk 1:2 (v.s. καθά ), 24:39, Jo 5:23, Ac 7:48, I Co 8:2, Ga 3:6, al.; seq. οὕτως, Lk 11:30, Jo 3:14, II Co 1:5, Col 3:13, I Jo 2:6, al.; seq. καί, Jo 15:9, I Co 15:49, I Jo 2:18, al.; οὕτως... κ., Lk 24:24; id. with ellipsis of οὕτως, Mt 21:6, Mk 16:7, Ro 1:13, al.; with other elliptical constructions, Jo 6:58 17:21, 22, Ac 15:8, I Th 2:13, I Ti 1:3, I Jo 3:2, 3, 12; καθὼς γέγραπται (Deiss., BS, 249), Mt 26:24, Mk 9:13, Ro 1:17, al.; introducing subst. clause as object of verb (as in Heb.), Mt 21:6, Mk 11:6, Lk 5:14, al.; after verbs of speaking, Ac 15:14; of proportion and degree, Mk 4:33, I Co 12:11, 18, al.; of time ( Ne 5:6, II Mac 1:31 ), Ac 7:17.Scroll for more

to make clearI show, make clear, reveal.δηλόω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] to make plain, declare: c. acc., I Co 3:13, Col 1:8, He 9:8 12:27; c. dat. pers., II Pe 1:14; c. dat. pers., seq. περί (pass.), I Co 1:11; seq. εἰς, I Pe 1:11.† SYN.: ἐμφανίζω, to make manifest, render visible to the sight; δ. to render evident to the mind.Scroll for more

to meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Numbers 20:28

← Back to Judges 7:20

← Back to 2 Chronicles 24:17

← Back to Psalms 102:18

← Back to Luke 1:4

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 2:5

2 Peter 1:15

15Yea I will give diligence that at every time ye may be able after my decease to call these things to remembrance

Word By Word, In Greek Order1I will give diligence | 2Yea | 3— | 4at every time | 5that … may be able | 6ye | 7after | 8— | 9my | 10decease | 11— | 12these things | 13to remembrance | 14to call

Related verses (7)

I will give diligence

Yea

The ASV does not translate this word.

at every time

that … may be able

after

The ASV does not translate this word.

decease

The ASV does not translate this word.

these things

to remembrance

to call

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

σπουδάσωspoo-DAH-soh

δὲdeh

καὶkai

ἑκάστοτεheh-KAH-stoh-teh

ἔχεινEH-chayn

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

μετὰmeh-TAH

τὴνtayn

ἐμὴνeh-MAYN

ἔξοδονEH-ksoh-dohn

τὴνtayn

τούτωνTOO-tohn

μνήμηνMNAY-mayn

ποιεῖσθαιpoy-AY-sthai

The Pieces

σπουδάσωGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

καὶGreek conjunction

ἑκάστοτεGreek adverb

ἔχεινGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

μετὰGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ἐμὴνGreek possessive pronoun

ἔξοδονGreek noun, feminine

τὴνGreek article

τούτωνGreek demonstrative pronoun

μνήμηνGreek noun, feminine

ποιεῖσθαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

alwaysAt every time, always.* ἑκάστοτε adv., each time, always: II Pe 1:15.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

mineMy, mine.ἐμός, -ή, -όν poss. prop. of first pers., representing the emphasized gen. ἐμοῦ, mine, subjectively and objectively, i.e. belonging to, proceeding from or related to me: Mt 18:20, Mk 8:38, Jo 3:29 (most freq. in this gospel), al.; absol., τὸ ἐμόν, τὰ ἐμά, Mt 20:15 25:27, Lk 15:31, Jo 10:14 16:14, 15 17:10; = gen. obj. (cl.), εἰς τ. ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24, 25; c. gen. expl., τ. ἐμῇ χειρὶ Παύλου, I Co 16:21, Col 4:18, II Th 3:17Scroll for more

departure(a) an exit, going out, departure from a place; the exodus, (b) death.ἔξ-οδος, -ου, ὁ (< ὁδός ), [in LXX chiefly for מוֹצָא also חוּץ, etc.;] a going out, departure: He 11:22; of death, Lk 9:31, II Pe 1:15.†Scroll for more

remembranceMemory, remembrance, mention.μνήμη, -ης, ἡ (< μνάομαι ), [in LXX for זֵכֶר, זִכָּרוֹן;] memory, remembrance, mention: μ. ποιεῖσθαι, c. gen., to remember, II Pe 1:15 (but in cl., π., μ. π. more freq. = to make mention, and so perh. here, cf. Mayor, in l.; and for ex. from π., v. Zorell, s.v.).† SYN.: μνεία, q.v.Scroll for more

← Back to Esther 1:4

← Back to Job 40:10

← Back to Psalms 96:6

← Back to Psalms 116:10

← Back to Isaiah 4:2

← Back to Matthew 17:5

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:17

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:4

← Back to 1 Corinthians 2:13

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:3

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 2:13

← Back to 1 Timothy 1:4

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:4

← Back to Hebrews 1:3

← Back to 2 Peter 2:3

← Back to 1 John 1:1

← Back to 1 John 2:27

2 Peter 1:16

16For we did not follow cunningly devised fables when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ but we were eyewitnesses of his majesty

Related verses (30)

not

For

cunningly devised

fables

we did … follow

we made known

unto you

the

The ASV does not translate this word.

of … Lord

our

Jesus

Christ

power

and

coming

but

eyewitnesses

we were

The ASV does not translate this word.

his

of … majesty

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Οὐoo

γὰρgahr

σεσοφισμένοιςseh-soh-fee-SMEH-noys

μύθοιςMOO-thoys

ἐξακολουθήσαντεςeh-ksah-koh-loo-THAY-sahn-tes

ἐγνωρίσαμενeh-gnoh-REE-sah-men

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

τὴνtayn

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

δύναμινDOO-nah-meen

καὶkai

παρουσίανpah-roo-SEE-ahn

ἀλλahl

ἐπόπταιeh-POH-ptai

γενηθέντεςgeh-nay-THEN-tes

τῆςtays

ἐκείνουeh-KAY-noo

μεγαλειότητοςmeh-gah-lay-OH-tay-tohs

The Pieces

ΟὐGreek negative particle

γὰρGreek conjunction

σεσοφισμένοιςGreek verb

μύθοιςGreek noun, masculine

ἐξακολουθήσαντεςGreek verb

ἐγνωρίσαμενGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

τὴνGreek article

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

δύναμινGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

παρουσίανGreek noun, feminine

ἀλλGreek conjunction

ἐπόπταιGreek noun, masculine

γενηθέντεςGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

ἐκείνουGreek demonstrative pronoun

μεγαλειότητοςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to make wiseI make wise, instruct; pass: I am skillfully devised.σοφίζω (< σοφός ), [in LXX chiefly for חכם;] to make wise, instruct: c. acc. pers., II Ti 3:15 (cf. Ps 18 (19):8 ( Ps 118 (119):98 ). As depon., -ομαι; intrans., to become wise ( III Ki 4:27 ( 5:11) ), Ec 2:15, and freq. in Si 7:5, al.); trans., to invent, devise cleverly: pass., II Pe 1:16 (cf. κατα-σοφίζομαι ).†Scroll for more

mythAn idle tale, fable, fanciful story.** μῦθος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX: Wi 17:4 A, Si 20:19 *;] speech, conversation. a story, narrative (Hom.); later, opp. to λόγος ( a true narrative ) = Lat. fabula, a myth, fable, fiction: I Ti 1:4 4:7, II Ti 4:4, Tit 1:14, II Pe 1:16.† SYN.: λόγος, q.v.Scroll for more

to followI follow after, imitate.† ἐξ-ακολουθέω, -ῶ [in LXX Am 2:4, Je 2:2 ( אַחַר הָלַךְ ), Is 56:11 ( פָּנָה ), Jb 31:9 ( פָּתָה ni.), Si 5:2, Da LXX TH 3:(41) *;] to follow, follow up (in various senses): metaph., II Pe 1:16 2:2, 15 †Scroll for more

to make knownI make known, declare, know, discover.γνωρίζω (< γιγνώσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for ידע hi.;] as most commonly in cl., to come to know, discover, know: Phl 1:22 (but cf. R, mg.). to make known: c. acc., Ro 9:22, 23; c. acc. rei da.t. pers., Lk 2:15, Jo 15:15 17:26, Ac 2:28 (LXX), I Co 15:1, II Co 8:1, Ga 1:11, Eph 1:9 6:19, 21 Col 4:7, 9 II Pe 1:16; c. dat., seq. ὅτι, I Co 12:3; seq. τί, Col 1:27; περί, Lk 2:17. Pass., Ac 7:13, Ro 16:26, Eph 3:3, 6, 10, Phl 4:6 (Cremer, 677; cf. ἀνα-, δια-γνωρίζω ).†Scroll for more

coming(a) presence, (b) a coming, an arrival, advent, especially of the second coming of Christ.παρ-ουσία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX: Ne 2:6 A, Jth 10:18, II Mac 8:12 15:21, III Mac 3:17 *;] usually in cl., a being present, presence: I Co 16:17, II Co 10:10; opp. to ἀπουσία, Phl 2:12 (cf. II Mac 15:21 ). a coming, arrival, advent (Soph., Eur., Thuc., al., v. LS, s.v.; so Jth 10:18, II Mac 8:12 ): II Co 7:6, 7, Phl 1:26, II Th 2:9; in late writers (v. M, Th., 145 ff.; MM, xix; LAE, 372 ff.) as technical term for the visit of a king; hence, in NT, specif. of the Advent or Parousia of Christ: Mt 24:3, 27, 37, 39, I Co 15:23, I Th 2:19 3:13 4:15 5:23, II Th 2:1, 8, Ja 5:7, 8, II Pe 1:16 3:4, 12, I Jn 2:28.†Scroll for more

butBut, except, however.ἀλλά ( ἀλλ’ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf., Pr., 93 f.; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Ro 3:31 ); opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ)... ἀ., Mt 5:15, 17 Mk 5:39, Jo 7:16, al.; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ... ἀ., not so much... as, Mk 9:37, Mt 10:20, Jo 12:44, al.; with ellipse of the negation, Mt 11:7-9, Ac 19:2, I Co 3:6 6:11 7:7, II Co 7:1, Ga 2:3, al.; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mt 24:6, I Co 10:23; οὐ μόνον... ἀ. καί, Jo 5:18, Ro 1:32, al.; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mk 14:49, Jo 1:8 9:3, al.; = εἰ μή (Bl., §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mt 20:23, Mk 4:22. Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc., but: Jo 16:20 12:27, Ga 2:14; before commands or requests, Ac 10:20 26:16, Mt 9:18, Mk 9:22, al.; to introduce an accessory idea, II Co 7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mk 14:29, I Co 9:2, II Co 4:16, Col 2:5, al.; after μέν, Ac 4:17, Ro 14:20, I Co 14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ’ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc., Jo 16:2; so with neg., ἀλλ’ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Lk 23:15. Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Lk 24:21, I Co 9:2; ἄ ἤ., save only, except, Lk 12:51, II Co 1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Phl 3:8 (on this usage, v. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

eyewitnessAn eyewitness, spectator, looker-on.** ἐπόπτης, -ου, ὁ [in LXX (of God): Es 5:1, II Mac 3:39 Mac 7:35, III Mac 2:21 *;] an overseer (LXX, ll. c.). a spectator: II Pe 1:16 (of ἐ. as applied to God, v. parallels in Inscr., MM, Exp., xiv; of the use of this term in the mysteries, v. Mayor on II Pe, l.c.; Thayer, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

majesty(divine) majesty or magnificence, glory.μεγαλειότης, -ητος, ἡ (< μεγαλεῖος ), [in LXX: Je 40 (33):9 ( תִּפְאֶרֶת ), Da LXX 7:27, I Es 1:5 4:40 *;] splendour, magnificence: Lk 9:43, Ac 19:27, II Pe 1:16 (freq. in π. as a ceremonial title, MM, xvi).†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 28:2

← Back to Deuteronomy 4:12

← Back to 1 Kings 19:11

← Back to Psalms 68:34

← Back to Matthew 3:17

← Back to Matthew 12:18

← Back to 2 Corinthians 1:19

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:10

← Back to Philippians 2:9

2 Peter 1:17

17For he received from God the Father honor and glory when there was borne such a voice to him by the Majestic Glory This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased

Word By Word, In Greek Order1he received | 2For | 3from | 4God | 5the Father | 6honor | 7and | 8glory | 9a voice | 10when there was borne | 11to him | 12such | 13by | 14the | 15Majestic | 16Glory | 17— | 18Son | 19my | 20— | 21beloved | 22— | 23This | 24is | 25in | 26whom | 27I | 28am well pleased

Related verses (28)

he received

For

from

God

the Father

honor

and

glory

a voice

when there was borne

to him

such

the

Majestic

Glory

The ASV does not translate this word.

Son

The ASV does not translate this word.

beloved

The ASV does not translate this word.

This

whom

am well pleased

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

λαβὼνlah-BOHN

γὰρgahr

παρὰpah-RAH

θεοῦtheh-OO

πατρὸςpah-TROHS

τιμὴνtee-MAYN

καὶkai

δόξανDOH-ksahn

φωνῆςfoh-NAYS

ἐνεχθείσηςeh-neh-CHTHAY-says

αὐτῷow-TOH

τοιᾶσδεtoy-AHS-deh

ὑπὸhoo-POH

τῆςtays

μεγαλοπρεποῦςmeh-gah-loh-preh-POOS

δόξηςDOH-ksays

Ὁhoh

υἱόςhwee-OHS

μουmoo

ὁhoh

ἀγαπητόςah-gah-pay-TOHS

μουmoo

οὗτόςHOO-tohs

ἐστινeh-steen

εἰςays

ὃνhohn

ἐγὼeh-GOH

εὐδόκησαyoo-DOH-kay-sah

The Pieces

λαβὼνGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

παρὰGreek preposition

θεοῦ

πατρὸςGreek noun, masculine

τιμὴνGreek noun, feminine

καὶGreek conjunction

δόξανGreek noun, feminine

φωνῆς

ἐνεχθείσηςGreek verb

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

τοιᾶσδεGreek demonstrative pronoun

ὑπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

μεγαλοπρεποῦςGreek adjective

δόξηςGreek noun, feminine

ὉGreek article

υἱόςGreek noun, masculine

μουGreek pronoun

ὁGreek article

ἀγαπητόςGreek adjective

μουGreek pronoun

οὗτόςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

ἐγὼGreek pronoun

εὐδόκησαGreek verb

What It Can Mean

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

fatherFather, (Heavenly) Father, ancestor, elder, senior.πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for אָב;] a father; prop., of the male parent: Mt 2:22, Lk 1:17, Jo 4:53; anarth., He 12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), He 11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, He 12:9; of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl.; Hom., al.): Mt 3:9, Lk 1:73, Jo 8:39, al.; pl., Mt 23:30, 32, Lk 6:23, 26, Jo 4:20, I Co 10:1, al. Metaph., of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jo 8:41-44, Ro 4:11, 12, 16. as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority ( Jg 17:10, II Ki 2:12, Pr 1:8, al.): Mt 23:9, Ac 7:2 22:1, I Jo 2:13. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father; of created things: τ. φώτων, Ja 1:17; of all sentient beings: Eph 3:14, 15, He 12:9; of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit.; v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.): Mt 6:4, Lk 6:36, Jo 4:21, Ja 3:9, al.; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν ( τ. ) οὐρανοῖς, Mt 5:16, Mk 11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp., of Christians: Ro 8:15, II Co 6:18, Ga 4:6, Eph 2:18 4:6, I Jo 2:1; c. gen. qual., τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, II Co 1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph 1:17; of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); by our Lord himself: ὁ π., Mt 11:25-27, Lk 10:21, 22, Jo 5:20-23, al.; ὁ π. μου, Mt 11:27, al.; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mt 7:11, al.; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 15:13; vocat., Jo 11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG., 96 f.); by Apostles: Jo 1:14 (anarth.; v. M, Pr., 82 f.), Ro 15:6, II Co 1:3 11:31, Eph 1:3, Col 1:3, He 1:5, I Pe 1:3, Re 1:6 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34).Scroll for more

honorA price, honor.τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX for עֵרֶךְ, יְקָר, etc.;] a valuing, hence, objectively; a price paid or received: c. gen. pers., Mt 27:9; c. gen. rei, Ac 5:2, 3; pl., Ac 4:34 19:19; τ. αἵματος, Mt 27:6; ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς, I Co 6:20 7:23; ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς ἀργυρίου, Ac 7:16. esteem, honour: Ro 12:10 13:7, I Co 12:23, I Ti 5:17 6:1, He 5:4, I Pe 2:7 (R, txt., preciousness, cf. Hort, in l), 3:7; τ. διδόναι, I Co 12:24; ἔχειν, Jo 4:44, He 3:3; τ. καὶ δόξα ( δ. κ. τ. ), Ro 2:7, 10, I Ti 1:17, He 2:7 (LXX), 9, I Pe 1:7, II Pe 1:17, Re 4:9, 11 5:12, 13 7:12 21:26; τ. καὶ κράτος, I Ti 6:16; εἰς τ., Ro 9:21, II Ti 2:20, 21; ἐν τ., Col 2:23; I Th 4:4; by meton., of marks of honour, Ac 28:10.†Scroll for more

voice/soundA sound, noise, voice, language, dialect.φωνή, -ῆς, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for קוֺל;] a voice; prop., of persons, Mt 2:18 (LXX), al.; φ. αἴρειν (ἐπαίρειν), Lk 17:13, Ac 2:14, al.; φ. μεγάλῃ εἰπεῖν ( λέγειν, φωνεῖν, etc.), Lk 8:28, Ac 7:57, Re 5:12, al.; γίνεται (ἔρχεται) φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ), Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22, Jo 12:28, al. (cf. DCG, ii, 810 a; Dalman, Words, 204 f.); ἀκούειν φωνήν ( -ῆς; v.s. ἀκούω ), Ac 9:4, 7 al.; φ. βοῶντος, Mt 3:3, Mk 1:3, Lk 3:4, Jo 1:23 (LXX); τ. θεοῦ, Jo 5:37, He 3:7, al. By meton., of the speaker, βλέπειν τὴν φ., Re 1:12; speech, language ( Ge 11:1, IV Mac 12:7, al.): I Co 14:10; of inanimate things: Mt 24:31, Jo 3:8, Ac 2:6, Re 1:15b 9:9 14:2, al. (cf. Tr., Syn., § lxxxix).Scroll for more

to bear/leadI carry, bear, bring; I conduct, lead; perhaps: I make publicly known.φέρω [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא. hi., also for נשׂא, etc.;] to bear; to bear, carry: c. acc, Lk 23:26 24:1, Jo 19:39, He 1:3 (v. Westc., in l.); pass., Ac 2:2 27:15, 17 He 6:1, II Pe 1:17, 18; of the mind, II Pe 1:21. to bear, endure: c. acc. rei, He 12:20 13:13; c. acc pers., Ro 9:22. to bring, bring forward: c. acc. pers., Ac 5:16; id. seq. πρός, Mk 1:32 2:3 9:17, 19, 20; ἐπί, Lk 5:18; c. dat., Mk 7:32 8:22; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:27 11:2 12:15, Lk 15:23, Ac 4:34, 37 5:2, II Ti 4:13; id. seq. πρός, Mk 11:7; εἰς, Re 21:24, 26; ἐπί, Mt 14:11, Mk 6:28; ἀπό, Jo 21:10; c. dat., Mk 12:15, Jo 2:8; id. seq. ὧδε, Mt 14:18 17:17; seq. φαγεῖν (sc. τι ), Jo 4:33; τ. δάκτυλον ( χεῖρα ), Jo 20:27; pass., ἡ χάρις, I Pe 1:13; διδαχήν, II Jn 10; θάνατον (cf. Field, Notes, 230), He 9:16; κρίσιν, II Pe 2:11; κατηγορίαν, Jo 18:29; αἰτίαν, Ac 25:18; αἰτιώματα, ib. 7, Rec. to bear, produce, bring forth: καρπόν, Mt 7:18, Mk 4:8, Jo 12:24 15:2, 4, 5, 8, 16. to bring, lead: Mk 15:22, Jo 21:18, Ac 14:13; metaph., of a gate ( ὁδός, cl.), Seq. εἰς, Ac 12:10 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, εἰσ-, παρ-εισ-, ἐκ-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπο-φέρω ).† SYN: φορέω, which expresses habitual and continuous bearing as distinct from ( φέρω ) that which is accidental and temporary (cf. Mt 11:8, al., s.v. φορέω, and v. Tr., Syn., § lviii)Scroll for more

such as thisOf this kind, such, such as follows.τοιόσδε, -άδε, -όνδε such: II Pe 1:17.†Scroll for more

by/under: byBy, under, about.ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ’, Mt 8:9 b, Lk 7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ’, Ro 3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. c. a, Ga 3:22, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., iv), prep. c. gen., dat. (not in NT), acc. C. gen., primarily of place, under, hence, metaph., of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, c. gen. pers., Mt 1:22, Mk 1:5, Lk 2:18, Jo 14:21, Ac 4:11, I Co 1:11, He 3:4, al.; c. gen. rei, Mt 8:24, Lk 7:24, Ro 3:21, al.; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass. meaning, Mt 17:12, Mk 5:26, I Co 10:9, 10 I Th 2:14, al. C. acc., under; of motion: Mt 5:15 8:8, Mk 4:21, Lk 13:34; hence, metaph., of subjection, Ro 7:14, I Co 15:27, Ga 3:22, I Pe 5:6, al. Of position: Jo 1:49, Ac 4:12, Ro 3:13, I Co 10:1, al.; hence, metaph., under, subject to, Mt 8:9, Ro 3:9, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5, al. Of time, about: Ac 5:21. In composition: under ( ὑποδέω ), hence, of subjection ( ὑποτάσσω ), compliance ( ὑπακούω ), secrecy ( ὑποβάλλω ), diminution ( ὑποπνέω ).Scroll for more

majesticMagnificent, superb, transcendent, majestic.μεγαλοπρεπής, ές (= μεγάλῳ πρέπων ), [in LXX: De 33:26 ( גַּאֲוָה ), II Mac 8:15 15:13, III Mac 2:9 *;] befitting a great man, magnificent, majestic: II Pe 1:17 (cf. MM, xvi).†Scroll for more

sonA son, descendent.υἱός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. and nearly always for בֵּן, Ge 4:17, al.; for בַּר, Da LXX TH 7:13, al.; etc.;], a son; in the ordinary sense: Mt 10:37, Mk 9:17, Lk 1:13, al. mult.; omitted with the art. of origin (WM, § 30, 3; Bl., §35, 2), τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, Ac 13:22 (LXX); also c. gen. anarth. (cl.), Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Ac 20:4; c. adj., προτότοκος, Lk 2:7; μονογένης, Lk 7:12; opp. to νόθος, He 12:8; in a wider sense, of posterity: ὁ υἱ. Δαυΐδ, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words, 316 ff.; DCG, ii, 653f.), Mt 22:42, 45 Mk 12:35, 37 Lk 20:41, 44 al.; υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, (cf. υἷες Ἀχαιῶν, Hom., Il., i, 162, al.), Mt 27:9, Ac 9:15, al. Metaph.; as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original; cf. Deiss., BS, 161ff.; Dalman, Words, 115 f.; DCG, ii, 652f.): τ. πονμροῦ (διαβόλου), Mt 13:38, Ac 13:10; τ. νυμφῶνος (v.s. νυμφών ), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:19, al.; τ. φωτός (Lft., Notes, 74), Lk 16:8, Jo 12:36, I Th 5:5; τ. εἰρήνης, Lk 10:6; γεέννης, Mt 23:15; τ. ἀπωλείας, Jo 17:12, II Th 2:3; τ. αἰῶνος τούτου, Lk 16:8 20:34; τ. ἀπειθειάς, Eph 2:2 5:6; βροντῆς, Mk 3:17; τ. ἀναστάσεως, Lk 20:36; παρακλήσεως, Ac 4:36; τ. προφητῶν κ. τ. διαθήκης, Ac 3:25; υἱὸς τ. θεοῦ (cf. Dalman, Words, 268 ff.; Deiss., BS, 166 f.; DB, iv, 570 ff.; DCG, ii, 654 ff.), of men, as partakers of the Divine nature and of the life to come: Mt 5:9, Lk 20:36, Ro 8:14 9:26, al.; υἱοὶ (κ. θυγατέρες) τ. ὑψίστου, Lk 6:35, II Co 6:18; in an unique sense of Jesus, Mt 4:3 8:29 28:19, Mk 3:4, Lk 4:41, Jo 9:35 11:27, al.; ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱ. τ. θεοῦ ζῶντος (τ. εὐλογητοῦ), Mt 16:16, Mk 14:61; (ὁ) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (in LXX for Heb. בּן אדם, Aram, בּר אנשׁ; cf. Dalman, Words, 234 ff.; DB, iv, 579 ff.; DCG, ii, 659 ff.; Westc., St. John, i, 74 ff.; other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2:10 ), based on the Aram. of Da 7:13, where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Ps 8:5 ), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, c. 46, §1-4, also in II Es 13:3, 12, al. Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Ac 7:56 and (anarth.) Re 1:13 14:14, it is used of Jesus only by himself: Mt 8:20, Mk 2:10, Lk 5:24, Jo 1:52, al.Scroll for more

belovedLoved, beloved, with two special applications: the Beloved, a title of the Messiah (Christ), as beloved beyond all others by the God who sent Him; of Christians, as beloved by God, Christ, and one another.ἀγαπητός, -ή, -όν (< ἀγαπάω ), [in LXX chiefly for יָתִיד, יָדִיד;] beloved (v. M, Pr., 221); by God: of Christ, Mt 3:17; of men, Ro 1:7; by Christians, of one another: I Co 4:14; freq. as form of address, I Co 10:14; opp. to ἐχθρός, Ro 11:28 (v. AR, Eph., 229; Cremer, 17; MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to delightI am well-pleased, think it good, am resolved.† εὐ-δοκέω, -ῶ (on the derivation, v. BL, § 28, 6) [in LXX chiefly for רָצָה, also for אָבָה, חָפֵץ, etc.;] c. inf. (Polyb., al.), to be well pleased, to think it good, to give consent (so freq. in π. in legal documents; Milligan, Th., 22 f.): Lk 12:32, Ro 15:26-27, I Co 1:21, Ga 1:15, Col 1:19, R, mg. ( ICC, in l., but v. infr.), I Th 2:8 3:1; μᾶλλον εὐ., II Co 5:8; c. acc et inf. (Polyb., i, 8, 4), Col, l.c., R, txt. (Lft., in l). to be well pleased or take pleasure with or in a person or thing; c. dat. (Polyb., al.; I Mac 1:43, I Es 4:39 ): II Th 2:12; as freq. in LXX, c. acc: Mt 12:13, He 10:5, 8 (LXX); seq. ἐν (cf. Heb. רָצָה בְּ, Ps 149:4 ): Mt 3:17 17:5, Mk 1:11, Lk 3:22 (on the tense, v. M, Pr., 134 f.; DCG, i,308 b), I Co 10:5, II Co 12:10, He 10:38 (LXX); seq. εἰς: II Pe 1:17. (cf. συν-ευδοκέω, and v. Cremer, 213 f.; Field, Notes, 48 f.; DCG, i, 355 a.)†Scroll for more

← Back to Joshua 5:15

← Back to 2 Chronicles 8:11

← Back to Psalms 87:1

← Back to Matthew 17:1

← Back to Matthew 17:6

← Back to Acts 7:33

2 Peter 1:18

18and this voice we ourselves heard borne out of heaven when we were with him in the holy mount

Related verses (7)

and

this

The ASV does not translate this word.

voice

we ourselves

heard

out of

heaven

borne

with

him

when we were

the

holy

mount

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

καὶkai

ταύτηνTOW-tayn

τὴνtayn

φωνὴνfoh-NAYN

ἡμεῖςhay-MAYS

ἠκούσαμενay-KOO-sah-men

ἐξeks

οὐρανοῦoo-rah-NOO

ἐνεχθεῖσανeh-neh-CHTHAY-sahn

σὺνsoon

αὐτῷow-TOH

ὄντεςOHN-tes

ἐνen

τῷtoh

ἁγίῳhah-GEE-oh

ὄρειOH-ray

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ταύτηνGreek demonstrative pronoun

τὴνGreek article

φωνὴν

ἡμεῖςGreek pronoun

ἠκούσαμενGreek verb

ἐξGreek preposition

οὐρανοῦGreek noun, masculine

ἐνεχθεῖσανGreek verb

σὺνGreek preposition

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ὄντεςGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

ἁγίῳGreek adjective

ὄρειGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

her

weἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

heavenHeaven, (a) the visible heavens: the atmosphere, the sky, the starry heavens, (b) the spiritual heavens.οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl., οἱ οὐ., v. infr.);] heaven; of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opp. to ἡ γῆ, He 1:10, II Pe 3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mt 5:18, Mk 13:31, Lk 10:21, Ac 4:24, Re 10:6, al.; ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep., v. Bl., § 46, 5), Mt 24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ., Ac 2:5, Col 1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ., fig., Mt 11:23, Lk 10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 16:1, Mk 8:11, al.; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mt 24:30, al.; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ., Mt 6:26, Mk 4:32, al.; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ., Re 6:13, al.; pl. ( οἱ ) οὐ. (Bl., § 32, 5), Mt 3:16, Mk 1:10, Jo 1:32, II Pe 3:7, 13 al. Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mt 24:36, Mk 12:25, Ga 1:8, Re 10:1, al.; of Christ glorified, Mk 16:[19], Lk 24:51, Ac 3:21, Ro 10:6, al.; of God, Mt 5:34, Ro 1:18, al.; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184 ff.), Mt 5:16 6:1, al.; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ., Mt 6:20, Mk 10:21, al. By meton., of the inhabitants of heaven: Re 18:20 (cf. Re 12:12, Jb 15:15, Is 44:23 ); as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204 ff.): Mt 21:25, Mk 11:30, Lk 15:18, Jo 3:27, al.; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ; v.s. βασιλεία ).Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

holySet apart by (or for) God, holy, sacred.ἅγιος, -α, ον (< τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate ), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός ), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Lk 1:49, Jo 17:11, Re 4:8. Hence of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 24:15, He 9:1; of persons employed by him, as angels: I Th 3:13; prophets, Lk 1:70; apostles, Eph 3:5. Applied to persons as separated to God's service: of Christ, Mk 1:24, Jo 6:69, Ac 4:30; of Christians, Ac 9:13, Ro 1:7, He 6:10, Re 5:8. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mk 6:20, Jo 17:11, Ac 3:14, Re 3:7. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: I Co 7:14, Eph 1:4. SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός ( sacer ), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος ( sanctus as opp. to nefas ), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

mountainA mountain, hill.ὄρος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly, and very freq., for הַר;] a mountain: Mt 4:8 17:1, Mk 9:2, Jo 4:20, II Pe 1:18, al.; opp. to βουνός, Lk 3:5 (LXX); ὄ. τ. ἐλαιῶν, Mt 21:1 24:3, al. (v.s. ἐ. ); ὄ. Σιών ( Σ., prob. in gem appos.), He 12:22, Re 14:1; ὄ. Σινά, Ac 7:30, 38, Ga 4:24, 25; τὸ ὄ., of the hill district as distinct from the lowlands, esp. the hills above the Sea of Galilee, Mt 5:1 8:1, Mk 3:13 6:46, al.; τὰ ὄ., Mt 18:12, Mk 5:5, He 11:38, Re 6:14, al.; proverbially (cf. Rabbinic, עקר הרים ), of overcoming difficulties, accomplishing marvels, ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, I Co 13:2, cf. Mt 17:20 21:21, Mk 11:23.Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 27:21

← Back to Exodus 35:29

← Back to Numbers 8:2

← Back to Numbers 24:17

← Back to Joshua 6:15

← Back to Job 38:12

← Back to Psalms 119:105

← Back to Psalms 119:130

← Back to Proverbs 4:18

← Back to Proverbs 6:23

← Back to Proverbs 22:20

← Back to Proverbs 23:26

← Back to Proverbs 30:1

← Back to Ecclesiastes 12:12

← Back to Song of Solomon 2:17

← Back to Song of Solomon 4:6

← Back to Song of Solomon 8:2

← Back to Isaiah 8:20

← Back to Isaiah 14:12

← Back to Isaiah 34:16

← Back to Isaiah 42:9

← Back to Isaiah 44:26

← Back to Ezekiel 40:25

← Back to Daniel 9:2

← Back to Hosea 6:3

← Back to Zephaniah 1:1

← Back to Zechariah 14:6

← Back to Malachi 4:2

← Back to Matthew 2:9

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:4

← Back to 2 Corinthians 4:6

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:16

← Back to 1 Peter 1:10

← Back to 1 Peter 1:25

← Back to 2 Peter 3:2

← Back to 1 John 5:10

← Back to Revelation 2:28

← Back to Revelation 19:10

← Back to Revelation 22:16

2 Peter 1:19

19And we have the word of prophecy made more sure whereunto ye do well that ye take heed as unto a lamp shining in a dark place until the day dawn and the day star arise in your hearts

Related verses (23)

And

we have

made more sure

the

of prophecy

word

whereunto

well

ye do

that ye take heed

unto a lamp

shining

dark

a … place

until

The ASV does not translate this word.

the day

dawn

and

the day star

arise

The ASV does not translate this word.

hearts

your

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

καὶkai

ἔχομενEH-choh-men

βεβαιότερονbeh-bai-OH-teh-rohn

τὸνtohn

προφητικὸνproh-fay-tee-KOHN

λόγονLOH-gohn

ᾧhoh

καλῶςkah-LOHS

ποιεῖτεpoy-AY-teh

προσέχοντεςproh-SEH-chohn-tes

ὡςhohs

λύχνῳLOOCH-noh

φαίνοντιFAI-nohn-tee

ἐνen

αὐχμηρῷowch-may-ROH

τόπῳTOH-poh

ἕωςHEH-ohs

οὗhoo

ἡμέραhay-MEH-rah

διαυγάσῃdee-ow-GAH-say

καὶkai

φωσφόροςfoh-SFOH-rohs

ἀνατείλῃah-nah-TAY-lay

ἐνen

ταῖςtais

καρδίαιςkahr-DEE-ais

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

ἔχομενGreek verb

βεβαιότερονGreek adjective

τὸνGreek article

προφητικὸνGreek adjective

λόγονGreek noun, masculine

ᾧGreek relative pronoun

καλῶςGreek adverb

ποιεῖτεGreek verb

προσέχοντεςGreek verb

ὡςGreek preposition

λύχνῳGreek noun, masculine

φαίνοντιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

αὐχμηρῷGreek adjective

τόπῳGreek noun, masculine

ἕωςGreek preposition

οὗGreek relative pronoun

ἡμέραGreek noun, feminine

διαυγάσῃGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

φωσφόροςGreek adjective

ἀνατείλῃGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ταῖςGreek article

καρδίαιςGreek noun, feminine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

propheticProphetic, uttered by a prophet.*† προφητικός, -ά, -όν (< προφήτης ), of prophecy, prophetic: Ro 16:26, II Pe 1:19.†Scroll for more

wordA word, speech, divine utterance, analogy.λόγος, -ου, ὁ (< λέγω ), [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for אֵמֶר, מִלָּה, etc.;] Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name ( ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα ), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mt 8:8, Lk 7:7, I Co 14:9, 19, He 12:19, al. a saying, statement, declaration: Mt 19:22 (T om.), Mk 5:36 7:29, Lk 1:29, Jo 2:22 6:60, Ac 7:29, al.; c. gen. attrib., Ac 13:15, Ro 9:9, He 7:28, al.; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc., of teachers, Mt 7:24 10:14, Mk 8:38, Lk 9:44, Jo 14:24, al.; λ. κενοί, Eph 5:6; ἀληθινοί, Re 19:9; πιστοί, Re 22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mk 7:13, Jo 10:35, Ro 13:9, I Co 14:36, Phl 1:14, al.; absol., ὁ λ., Mt 13:21, 22, Mk 16:[20], Lk 1:2, Ac 6:4, He 4:12, al. speech, discourse: Ac 14:12, II Co 10:10, Ja 3:2; opp. to ἐπιστολή, II Th 2:15; disting. from σοφία, I Co 2:1; ἀναστροφή, I Ti 4:12; δύναμις, I Co 4:19, I Th 1:5; ἔργον, Ro 15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον ( not worthy of mention ), Ac 20:24; of the faculty of speech, Lk 24:19, II Co 11:6; of the style of speech, Mt 5:37, I Co 1:5; of instruction, Col 4:3, I Pe 3:1; c. gen. pers., Jo 5:24 8:52, Ac 2:41, al.; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jo 8:31; c. gen. obj. ( τ. ) ἀληθείας, II Co 6:7, Col 1:5, Ja 1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, II Co 5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, I Co 1:18; of mere talk, I Co 4:19, 20, Col 2:23, I Jo 3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col 2:23. subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Ac 18:15, II Ti 2:17, al.; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mt 13:20-23, Mk 4:14-20 8:32, Lk 1:2, Ac 8:4, Ga 6:6, I Th 1:6, al.; c. gen. pers., τ. θεοῦ, Lk 5:1, Jo 17:6, Ac 4:29, I Co 14:36, I Jo 1:10, Re 6:9, al.; τ. Κυρίου, Ac 8:25, I Th 1:8, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col 3:16, Re 3:8; c. gen. appos., Ac 15:7; c. gen. attrib., He 5:13. a story, tale, narrative: Mt 28:15, Jo 21:23, Ac 1:1 11:22; seq. περί, Lk 5:15. That which is spoken of (Plat., al.; v. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mt 21:24, Mk 1:45 11:29, Lk 20:3, Ac 8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Ac 19:38; pl. ( I Mac 7:33, al.), Lk 1:4. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. reason, of the mental faculty (Hdt., Plat., al.): κατὰ λόγον, Ac 18:14; a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Ac 10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mt 5:32 19:9, WH, mg., R, mg. account, regard: Ac 20:24, Rec.; reckoning: Phl 4:15, 17; συναίρειν (q.v.) λ., Mt 18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Ro 14:12, He 13:17, I Pe 4:5; c. gen. rei, Lk 16:2; seq. περί, Mt 12:36, Ac 19:40, I Pe 3:15. proportion, analogy: Phl 2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). ὁ λ., the Divine Word or Logos: Jo 1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, I Jo 1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Re 19:13 (v. Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll.; reff. in Artt., Logos, DB, DCG ).Scroll for more

wellWell, nobly, honorably, rightly.καλῶς, adv. (< καλός ), [in LXX for parts and derivatives of יטב;] finely, rightly, well: Lk 6:48, I Co 14:17, Ga 4:17 5:7, Ja 2:3; λέγειν, λαλεῖν, etc., Mt 15:7, Mk 7:6 12:28, Lk 6:26 20:39, Jo 4:17 8:48 13:13 18:23, Ac 28:25; as exclamation of approval, Mk 12:32, Ro 11:20; κ. ποιεῖν, Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:8, 19; c. dat. pers. (cl. acc.; WM, § 32, 1 β ), Lk 6:27; c. acc. rei, Mk 7:37; c. ptcp., Ac 10:33 (M, Pr., 131), Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jn 6; προϊστάναι ( -ασθαι ), I Ti 3:4, 12 5:17; διακονεῖν, I Ti 3:13; ἀνατρέφεσθαι, He 13:18; ironically, Mk 7:9, II Co 11:4 (but v. CGT, in l.); κ. ἔχειν, to be well: Mk 16:[18]. Compar., κάλλιον (for superl., B1., § 44, 3), very well: Ac 25:10.†Scroll for more

to watch out(a) I attend to, pay attention to, (b) I beware, am cautious, (c) I join, devote myself to.προσ-έχω, [in LXX for קשׁב hi., שׁמר ni., etc.;] to turn to, bring to (freq. ναῦν, expressed or understood, to bring to port, land; Hdt., al.). τ. νοῦν, seq. dat., to turn one's mind to, attend to; in Xen. and later writers with νοῦν omitted (Bl., § 53, 1; 81, 1): Ac 8:6 16:14, He 2:1, II Pe 1:19; in sense of caring or providing for, Ac 20:28; π. ἑαυτῷ, to give heed to oneself (M, Pr., 157; cf. Ge 24:6, Ex 10:28, al.): Lk 17:3 21:34, Ac 5:35; id. seq. ἀπό (M, Pr., 102; Bl., § 34, 1 1; 40, 3; v.s. βλέπω ), Lk 12:1; (without dat.) Mt 7:15 10:17 16:6, 11, 12, Lk 20:46 (cf. Si 6:13, al.); seq. μή, c. inf. (M, Pr., 193; Bl., § 69, 4), Mt 6:1. to attach or devote oneself to: c. dat. pers., Ac 8:10, 11, I Ti 4:1; c. dat. rei, I Ti 1:4 3:8 4:13 6:3 T ( -ερχ-, WH, R), Tit 1:14, He 7:13.†Scroll for more

lampA lamp.λύχνος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for נֵר ( Ex 25:36 ( 37 ), al.);] a lamp (portable, and usually set on a stand, λυχνία ): Mt 5:15, Lk 11:36; ἔρχεται ὁ λ., Mk 4:21; λ. ἅπτειν, Lk 8:16 11:33 15:8; φῶς λύχνου, Re 18:23; id. opp. to φ. ἡλίου, Re 22:5; metaph., of the eye, Mt 6:22, Lk 11:34; of John the Baptist, Jo 5:35; of the Lamb, Re 21:23; of prophecy, II Pe 1:19; of spiritual readiness, pl., λύχνοι (as always in LXX; freq. in Att. λύχνα ), Lk 12:35.† SYN.: λαμπάς, q.v.Scroll for more

to shine/appear(a) act: I shine, shed light, (b) pass: I shine, become visible, appear, (c) I become clear, appear, seem, show myself as.φαίνω [in LXX for אור hi., ראה ni., etc.;] Act., to bring to light, cause to appear (so most freq. in cl.). Absol., to give light, shine (Hom., Plat., al.): Jo 1:5 5:35, II Pe 1:19, I Jn 2:8, Re 1:16 8:12 18:23 21:23. Pass., to come to light, appear, be manifest: Mt 2:7 13:26 24:27, 30, Lk 9:8, Phl 2:15, He 11:3, I Pe 4:18 (LXX); opp. to ἀφανίζεσθαι, Ja 4:14; c. dat. pers. (Bl. § 54, 4), Mt 1:20 2:13, 19, Mk 16:9; c. nom. pred., Mt 23:27, 28, Ro 7:13, II Co 13:7; id. c. dat. pers., Mt 6:5, 16, 18 (seq. nom. ptcp., but not as in cl.; v. Bl., § 73, 4); impers., Mt 9:33; of the mind and judgment (= δοκεῖ, q.v.), Mk 14:64 (cf. I Es 2:21 ), Lk 24:11.† SYN.: v.s. δοκέωScroll for more

dingy(poetical, lit: dry and parched; then: squalid and rough), dingy, murky, obscure, dark, funereal.* αὐχμηρός, -ά, -όν (< αὐχμός, drought ); dry. squalid, dismal: II Pe 1:19 (MM, s.v.).†Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

to shine throughI shine through, dawn (of the light coming through the shadows).**† δι-αυγάζω [in Aq.: Jb 25:5 *;] to shine through, to dawn: II Pe 1:19 (cf. ἕως οὗ διαπνεύσῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, Ca 2:17 ).†Scroll for more

light-bearing(lit: light-bearing), radiant, the morning-star.* φωσ-φόρος, -ον (< φῶς, φέρω ), light-bringing; as subst., ὁ φ., the morning star (Plat., al.; cf. ἐωσφόρος, Is 14:12, Jb 3:9, Ps 110:3 ): metaph., II Pe 1:19 (v. Mayor, in l.).†Scroll for more

to riseI make to rise, I rise, shine (generally of the sun, and hence met.).ἀνα-τέλλω, [in LXX for צמח, פּרח, זרח, etc.;] trans., to cause to rise: Mt 5:45. Intrans., to rise: φῶς, Mt 4:16 (= Is 9:1 ); ὁ ἥλιος, Mt 13:6, Mk 4:6 16:2, Ja 1:11; νεφέλη, Lk 12:54; φωσφόρος, II Pe 1:19; ὁ Κύριος, prob. with ref. to metaph. of sun or star, He 7:14 (cf. ἐξ-ανατέλλω ).†Scroll for more

heartLit: the heart; mind, character, inner self, will, intention, center.καρδία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב;] the heart, the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life ( II Ki 18:14, IV Ki 9:24, al.). In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man ( DB, ii, 317 f.; DGG, ii, 344 a ); of the seat of physical life ( Jg 19:5, Ps 101 (102):5 103 (104):15 ): Ac 14:17, Ja 5:5; of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 5:8, Mk 7:19, Lk 1:51, Ac 5:3, Ro 10:9, 10, Eph 6:5, al.; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, al.; opp. to στόμα, χείλεα, πρόσωπον, Mt 15:8, Mk 7:6, Ro 10:8, 9, II Co 5:12; περιτομὴ καρδίας, Ro 2:29; ἐκ κ., Ro 6:17, I Pe 1:22; ἀπὸ τῶν κ., Mt 18:35; ἐν ὅλῃ ( ἐξ ὅλης ), Mt 22:37, Mk 12:30 (LXX); γινώσκειν ( ἐρευνᾶν, δοκιμάζειν ) τὰς κ., Lk 16:15, Ro 8:27, I Th 2:4; to think, etc., ἐν τ. κ., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, Lk 12:45, Ro 10:6; συνιέναι ( νοεῖν ) τῇ κ., Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40; ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ., Mt 13:15 (LXX); πωροῦν τὴν κ., Jo 12:40; κ. εὐθεῖα, Ac 8:21; πονηρά, He 3:12; ἀμετανόητος, Ro 2:5; εἶναι ( ἔχειν ) ἐν τῇ κ., II Co 7:3, Phl 1:7; ὀδύνη τῇ κ., Ro 9:2. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of wood, Arist.): τ. γῆς, Mt 12:40 (Cremer, 343 ff.).Scroll for more

← Back to Ecclesiastes 8:1

← Back to Amos 2:11

← Back to Romans 3:2

← Back to Romans 4:3

← Back to Romans 15:4

← Back to 1 Corinthians 12:10

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:15

← Back to Hebrews 1:1

← Back to 1 Peter 2:6

2 Peter 1:20

20knowing this first that no prophecy of scripture is of private interpretation

Related verses (6)

this

first

knowing

that

prophecy

of scripture

private

of … interpretation

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

τοῦτοTOO-toh

πρῶτονPROH-tohn

γινώσκοντεςgee-NOH-skohn-tes

ὅτιHOH-tee

πᾶσαPAH-sah

προφητείαproh-fay-TAY-ah

γραφῆςgrah-FAYS

ἰδίαςee-DEE-ahs

ἐπιλύσεωςeh-pee-LOO-seh-ohs

οὐoo

γίνεταιGEE-neh-tai

The Pieces

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

πρῶτονGreek adverb

γινώσκοντεςGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

πᾶσαGreek adjective

προφητείαGreek noun, feminine

γραφῆςGreek noun, feminine

ἰδίαςGreek adjective

ἐπιλύσεωςGreek noun, feminine

οὐGreek negative particle

γίνεταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

firstFirst, in the first place, before, formerly.

to knowI am taking in knowledge, come to know, learn; aor: I ascertained, realized.γινώσκω (= γιγν-: v. previous word. So also vulgar Attic, in Inscr., v. Thumb, MGV, 207), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] to be taking in knowledge, come to know, recognize, perceive, understand; in past tenses to know, realize; pass., to become known: c. acc., Mt 22:18, Mk 5:43, Col 4:8, I Th 3:5, al. Pass., Mt 10:26, Phl 4:5, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mt 21:45, Jo 4:1, al.; τί, Mt 6:3; ἀπό, Mk 15:45; ὅ, Ro 7:15; τ. λεγόμενα, Lk 18:34; τ. θέλημα, Lk 12:47; τ. καρδίας, Lk 16:15; c acc. pers., of recognition by God, I Co 8:3, Ga 4:9; by Christ, neg., Mt 7:23; freq. of the knowledge of divine things, of God and Christ; τ. θεόν, Ro 1:21 Ga 4:9; τ. πατέρα, Jo 8:55; τ. κύριον, He 8:1 (LXX); νοῦν κυρίου, Ro 11:34; Χριστόν, Jo 17:3, I Jo 3:6; τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, I Co 2:14; τ. πνεύμα, I Jo 4:6; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 8:32; of Christ's knowledge of the Father ( ἐπιγ. ), Mt 11:27 (Dalman, Words, 282ff.). In Hellenistic writers [LXX for Heb. ידע, Ga 4:1, al.], of sexual intercourse, to know carnally: Mt 1:25, Lk 1:34 (Cremer, 153). SYN.: γ., to know by observation and experience is thus prop. disting. from οἶδα, to know by reflection (a mental process, based on intuition or information); cf. also ἐφίστημι, συνίημι. (Cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, προ-γινώσκω.)Scroll for more

prophecyProphecy, prophesying; the gift of communicating and enforcing revealed truth.† προφητεία, -ας, ἡ (< προψητεύω ), [in LXX for נְבוּאָה, חָזוֹן;] the gift (and its exercise) of interpreting the Divine will and purpose, prophecy, prophesying: of OT prophecy, Mt 13:14, II Pe 1:20, 21; of NT prophecy, Ro 12:6, I Co 12:10 13:2 14:6, 22, I Ti 4:14, Re 11:6 22:19; pl., I Co 13:8, I Th 5:20, I Ti 1:18; οἱ λόγοι τῆς π., Re 1:3 22:7, 10, 18; τ. πνεῦμα τῆς π., Re 19:10 (Luc., FlJ, LXX, π.; v. Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).†Scroll for more

a writing(a) a writing, (b) a passage of scripture; plur: the scriptures.γραφή, -ῆς, ἡ (< γράφω ), [in LXX chiefly for כְּתָב;] a drawing, painting. writing; that which is written, a writing: πᾶσα γ., II Ti 3:16; γ. ἅγιαι, Ro 1:2; προφητικαί, Ro 16:26; al αἱ γ. τ. προφητῶν, Mt 26:56; ἡ γ., αἱ γ., the sacred writings, the Scriptures (i.e. the OT; v. Milligan, NTD, 205); in pl., when the sacred writings as a whole are meant, e.g. Mt 21:42 26:54, Jo 5:39, Ro 15:4; in sing., when a particular passage is referred to, as in Lk 4:21, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:3 9:17 10:11 11:2, Ja 2:23 (Cremer, 165; DCG, ii, 584).Scroll for more

explanationSolution, explanation, interpretation; release.** ἐπί-λυσις -εως, ἡ (< ἐπιλύω ), [in Aq.: Ge 40:8; Sm.: Ho 3:4 *;] release. solution, interpretation: II Pe 1:20.†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

← Back to Numbers 11:25

← Back to Deuteronomy 33:1

← Back to 1 Samuel 2:27

← Back to 2 Samuel 23:2

← Back to 2 Kings 4:9

← Back to 2 Chronicles 15:1

← Back to Nehemiah 9:20

← Back to Nehemiah 9:30

← Back to Psalms 45:1

← Back to Psalms 89:19

← Back to Psalms 119:140

← Back to Isaiah 1:1

← Back to Jeremiah 2:1

← Back to Jeremiah 30:2

← Back to Jeremiah 50:1

← Back to Ezekiel 35:1

← Back to Hosea 1:1

← Back to Joel 1:1

← Back to Haggai 2:1

← Back to Zechariah 7:12

← Back to Matthew 10:20

← Back to Matthew 22:43

← Back to 1 Thessalonians 4:8

← Back to Hebrews 3:7

← Back to Hebrews 9:8

← Back to Hebrews 10:15

← Back to Hebrews 11:32

← Back to 1 Peter 1:11

← Back to Revelation 22:6

2 Peter 1:21

21For no prophecy ever came by the will of man but men spake from God being moved by the Holy Spirit

Related verses (23)

For

by the will

of man

came

prophecy

ever

but

the … Spirit

Holy

being moved

spake

from

God

men

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

οὐoo

γὰρgahr

θελήματιtheh-LAY-mah-tee

ἀνθρώπουahn-THROH-poo

ἠνέχθηay-NEH-chthay

προφητείαproh-fay-TAY-ah

ποτέpoh-TEH

ἀλλὰah-LAH

ὑπὸhoo-POH

πνεύματοςPNYOO-mah-tohs

ἁγίουhah-GEE-oo

φερόμενοιfeh-ROH-meh-noy

ἐλάλησανeh-LAH-lay-sahn

ἀπὸah-POH

θεοῦtheh-OO

ἄνθρωποιAHN-throh-poy

The Pieces

οὐGreek negative particle

γὰρGreek conjunction

θελήματιGreek noun, neuter

ἀνθρώπουGreek noun, masculine

ἠνέχθηGreek verb

προφητείαGreek noun, feminine

ποτέGreek particle

ἀλλὰGreek conjunction

ὑπὸGreek preposition

πνεύματοςGreek noun, neuter

ἁγίουGreek adjective

φερόμενοιGreek verb

ἐλάλησανGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

θεοῦ

ἄνθρωποιGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

will/desireAn act of will, will; plur: wishes, desires.† θέλημα, -τος, τό (< θέλω ), [in LXX chiefly for חָפֶץ, also for רָצוֹן, etc.;] will, objectively = that which is willed: Mt 18:14, Lk 12:47, Jo 5:30, I Co 7:37, I Th 5:18, II Ti 2:26, He 10:10, Re 4:11; θ. τ. θεοῦ, Ac 22:14, Ro 2:18 12:2, Eph 1:9, Col 1:9 4:12, I Pe 4:2; τ. κυρίου, Eph 5:17; pl., of precepts, Mk 3:35, WH, mg., Ac 13:22 (LXX); ἐστιν τὸ θ., c. gen. pers., seq. ἵνα, Jo 6:39, 40, I Co 16:12; c. inf., I Pe 2:15; c. acc. et inf., I Th 4:3; subjectively = τὸ θέλειν (cf. θέλησις ): Lk 23:25, Jo 1:13, I Pe 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ποιεῖν, Mt 7:21 12:50 21:31, Mk 3:35 (pl., WH, mg., v. supr.), Jo 4:34 6:38 7:17 9:31, Eph 6:6, He 10:7, 9, 36 13:21, I Jn 2:17; γίνεσθαι, Mt 6:10 26:42, Lk 22:42, Ac 21:14; ἡ εὐδοκία ( βουλὴ ) τοῦ θ., Eph 1:5, 11; ἐν τῷ θ. τοῦ θεοῦ, Ro 1:10; διὰ θ. θεοῦ, Ro 15:32, I Co 1:1, II Co 1:1 8:5, Eph 1:1, Col 1:1, II Ti 1:1; κατὰ τὸ θ. τ. θεοῦ, Ga 1:4, I Pe 4:19, I Jn 5:14; pl., Eph 2:3 (Cremer, 728).†Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

once/whenAt one time or other, at some time, formerly.

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

← Previous: 1 Peter 5 Next: 2 Peter 2 →